OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/scarts/scarts/trunk

Subversion Repositories scarts

[/] [scarts/] [trunk/] [toolchain/] [scarts-gdb/] [gdb-6.8/] [gdb/] [doc/] [gdb.info-3] - Blame information for rev 25

Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 25 jlechner
This is gdb.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
2
../.././gdb/doc/gdb.texinfo.
3
 
4
INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
5
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
6
* Gdb: (gdb).                     The GNU debugger.
7
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
8
 
9
   This file documents the GNU debugger GDB.
10
 
11
   This is the Ninth Edition, of `Debugging with GDB: the GNU
12
Source-Level Debugger' for GDB Version 6.8.
13
 
14
   Copyright (C) 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996,
15
1998,
16
1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
17
Free Software Foundation, Inc.
18
 
19
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
20
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
21
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
22
Invariant Sections being "Free Software" and "Free Software Needs Free
23
Documentation", with the Front-Cover Texts being "A GNU Manual," and
24
with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below.
25
 
26
   (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: "You are free to copy and modify
27
this GNU Manual.  Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
28
developing GNU and promoting software freedom."
29
 
30

31
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Command Description Format,  Next: GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Simple Examples,  Up: GDB/MI
32
 
33
24.6 GDB/MI Command Description Format
34
======================================
35
 
36
The remaining sections describe blocks of commands.  Each block of
37
commands is laid out in a fashion similar to this section.
38
 
39
Motivation
40
----------
41
 
42
The motivation for this collection of commands.
43
 
44
Introduction
45
------------
46
 
47
A brief introduction to this collection of commands as a whole.
48
 
49
Commands
50
--------
51
 
52
For each command in the block, the following is described:
53
 
54
Synopsis
55
........
56
 
57
      -command ARGS...
58
 
59
Result
60
......
61
 
62
GDB Command
63
...........
64
 
65
The corresponding GDB CLI command(s), if any.
66
 
67
Example
68
.......
69
 
70
Example(s) formatted for readability.  Some of the described commands
71
have not been implemented yet and these are labeled N.A. (not
72
available).
73
 
74

75
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Program Context,  Prev: GDB/MI Command Description Format,  Up: GDB/MI
76
 
77
24.7 GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands
78
===============================
79
 
80
This section documents GDB/MI commands for manipulating breakpoints.
81
 
82
The `-break-after' Command
83
--------------------------
84
 
85
Synopsis
86
........
87
 
88
      -break-after NUMBER COUNT
89
 
90
   The breakpoint number NUMBER is not in effect until it has been hit
91
COUNT times.  To see how this is reflected in the output of the
92
`-break-list' command, see the description of the `-break-list' command
93
below.
94
 
95
GDB Command
96
...........
97
 
98
The corresponding GDB command is `ignore'.
99
 
100
Example
101
.......
102
 
103
     (gdb)
104
     -break-insert main
105
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x000100d0",file="hello.c",
106
     fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",line="5",times="0"}
107
     (gdb)
108
     -break-after 1 3
109
     ~
110
     ^done
111
     (gdb)
112
     -break-list
113
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
114
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
115
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
116
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
117
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
118
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
119
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
120
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
121
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
122
     line="5",times="0",ignore="3"}]}
123
     (gdb)
124
 
125
The `-break-condition' Command
126
------------------------------
127
 
128
Synopsis
129
........
130
 
131
      -break-condition NUMBER EXPR
132
 
133
   Breakpoint NUMBER will stop the program only if the condition in
134
EXPR is true.  The condition becomes part of the `-break-list' output
135
(see the description of the `-break-list' command below).
136
 
137
GDB Command
138
...........
139
 
140
The corresponding GDB command is `condition'.
141
 
142
Example
143
.......
144
 
145
     (gdb)
146
     -break-condition 1 1
147
     ^done
148
     (gdb)
149
     -break-list
150
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
151
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
152
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
153
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
154
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
155
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
156
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
157
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
158
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
159
     line="5",cond="1",times="0",ignore="3"}]}
160
     (gdb)
161
 
162
The `-break-delete' Command
163
---------------------------
164
 
165
Synopsis
166
........
167
 
168
      -break-delete ( BREAKPOINT )+
169
 
170
   Delete the breakpoint(s) whose number(s) are specified in the
171
argument list.  This is obviously reflected in the breakpoint list.
172
 
173
GDB Command
174
...........
175
 
176
The corresponding GDB command is `delete'.
177
 
178
Example
179
.......
180
 
181
     (gdb)
182
     -break-delete 1
183
     ^done
184
     (gdb)
185
     -break-list
186
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="0",nr_cols="6",
187
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
188
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
189
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
190
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
191
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
192
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
193
     body=[]}
194
     (gdb)
195
 
196
The `-break-disable' Command
197
----------------------------
198
 
199
Synopsis
200
........
201
 
202
      -break-disable ( BREAKPOINT )+
203
 
204
   Disable the named BREAKPOINT(s).  The field `enabled' in the break
205
list is now set to `n' for the named BREAKPOINT(s).
206
 
207
GDB Command
208
...........
209
 
210
The corresponding GDB command is `disable'.
211
 
212
Example
213
.......
214
 
215
     (gdb)
216
     -break-disable 2
217
     ^done
218
     (gdb)
219
     -break-list
220
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
221
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
222
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
223
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
224
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
225
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
226
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
227
     body=[bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="n",
228
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
229
     line="5",times="0"}]}
230
     (gdb)
231
 
232
The `-break-enable' Command
233
---------------------------
234
 
235
Synopsis
236
........
237
 
238
      -break-enable ( BREAKPOINT )+
239
 
240
   Enable (previously disabled) BREAKPOINT(s).
241
 
242
GDB Command
243
...........
244
 
245
The corresponding GDB command is `enable'.
246
 
247
Example
248
.......
249
 
250
     (gdb)
251
     -break-enable 2
252
     ^done
253
     (gdb)
254
     -break-list
255
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
256
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
257
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
258
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
259
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
260
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
261
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
262
     body=[bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
263
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
264
     line="5",times="0"}]}
265
     (gdb)
266
 
267
The `-break-info' Command
268
-------------------------
269
 
270
Synopsis
271
........
272
 
273
      -break-info BREAKPOINT
274
 
275
   Get information about a single breakpoint.
276
 
277
GDB Command
278
...........
279
 
280
The corresponding GDB command is `info break BREAKPOINT'.
281
 
282
Example
283
.......
284
 
285
N.A.
286
 
287
The `-break-insert' Command
288
---------------------------
289
 
290
Synopsis
291
........
292
 
293
      -break-insert [ -t ] [ -h ] [ -f ]
294
         [ -c CONDITION ] [ -i IGNORE-COUNT ]
295
         [ -p THREAD ] [ LOCATION ]
296
 
297
If specified, LOCATION, can be one of:
298
 
299
   * function
300
 
301
   * filename:linenum
302
 
303
   * filename:function
304
 
305
   * *address
306
 
307
   The possible optional parameters of this command are:
308
 
309
`-t'
310
     Insert a temporary breakpoint.
311
 
312
`-h'
313
     Insert a hardware breakpoint.
314
 
315
`-c CONDITION'
316
     Make the breakpoint conditional on CONDITION.
317
 
318
`-i IGNORE-COUNT'
319
     Initialize the IGNORE-COUNT.
320
 
321
`-f'
322
     If LOCATION cannot be parsed (for example if it refers to unknown
323
     files or functions), create a pending breakpoint. Without this
324
     flag, GDB will report an error, and won't create a breakpoint, if
325
     LOCATION cannot be parsed.
326
 
327
Result
328
......
329
 
330
The result is in the form:
331
 
332
     ^done,bkpt={number="NUMBER",type="TYPE",disp="del"|"keep",
333
     enabled="y"|"n",addr="HEX",func="FUNCNAME",file="FILENAME",
334
     fullname="FULL_FILENAME",line="LINENO",[thread="THREADNO,]
335
     times="TIMES"}
336
 
337
where NUMBER is the GDB number for this breakpoint, FUNCNAME is the
338
name of the function where the breakpoint was inserted, FILENAME is the
339
name of the source file which contains this function, LINENO is the
340
source line number within that file and TIMES the number of times that
341
the breakpoint has been hit (always 0 for -break-insert but may be
342
greater for -break-info or -break-list which use the same output).
343
 
344
   Note: this format is open to change.
345
 
346
GDB Command
347
...........
348
 
349
The corresponding GDB commands are `break', `tbreak', `hbreak',
350
`thbreak', and `rbreak'.
351
 
352
Example
353
.......
354
 
355
     (gdb)
356
     -break-insert main
357
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x0001072c",file="recursive2.c",
358
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,line="4",times="0"}
359
     (gdb)
360
     -break-insert -t foo
361
     ^done,bkpt={number="2",addr="0x00010774",file="recursive2.c",
362
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,line="11",times="0"}
363
     (gdb)
364
     -break-list
365
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
366
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
367
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
368
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
369
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
370
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
371
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
372
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
373
     addr="0x0001072c", func="main",file="recursive2.c",
374
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c,"line="4",times="0"},
375
     bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="del",enabled="y",
376
     addr="0x00010774",func="foo",file="recursive2.c",
377
     fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c",line="11",times="0"}]}
378
     (gdb)
379
     -break-insert -r foo.*
380
     ~int foo(int, int);
381
     ^done,bkpt={number="3",addr="0x00010774",file="recursive2.c,
382
     "fullname="/home/foo/recursive2.c",line="11",times="0"}
383
     (gdb)
384
 
385
The `-break-list' Command
386
-------------------------
387
 
388
Synopsis
389
........
390
 
391
      -break-list
392
 
393
   Displays the list of inserted breakpoints, showing the following
394
fields:
395
 
396
`Number'
397
     number of the breakpoint
398
 
399
`Type'
400
     type of the breakpoint: `breakpoint' or `watchpoint'
401
 
402
`Disposition'
403
     should the breakpoint be deleted or disabled when it is hit: `keep'
404
     or `nokeep'
405
 
406
`Enabled'
407
     is the breakpoint enabled or no: `y' or `n'
408
 
409
`Address'
410
     memory location at which the breakpoint is set
411
 
412
`What'
413
     logical location of the breakpoint, expressed by function name,
414
     file name, line number
415
 
416
`Times'
417
     number of times the breakpoint has been hit
418
 
419
   If there are no breakpoints or watchpoints, the `BreakpointTable'
420
`body' field is an empty list.
421
 
422
GDB Command
423
...........
424
 
425
The corresponding GDB command is `info break'.
426
 
427
Example
428
.......
429
 
430
     (gdb)
431
     -break-list
432
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
433
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
434
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
435
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
436
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
437
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
438
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
439
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
440
     addr="0x000100d0",func="main",file="hello.c",line="5",times="0"},
441
     bkpt={number="2",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
442
     addr="0x00010114",func="foo",file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/hello.c",
443
     line="13",times="0"}]}
444
     (gdb)
445
 
446
   Here's an example of the result when there are no breakpoints:
447
 
448
     (gdb)
449
     -break-list
450
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="0",nr_cols="6",
451
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
452
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
453
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
454
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
455
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
456
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
457
     body=[]}
458
     (gdb)
459
 
460
The `-break-watch' Command
461
--------------------------
462
 
463
Synopsis
464
........
465
 
466
      -break-watch [ -a | -r ]
467
 
468
   Create a watchpoint.  With the `-a' option it will create an
469
"access" watchpoint, i.e., a watchpoint that triggers either on a read
470
from or on a write to the memory location.  With the `-r' option, the
471
watchpoint created is a "read" watchpoint, i.e., it will trigger only
472
when the memory location is accessed for reading.  Without either of
473
the options, the watchpoint created is a regular watchpoint, i.e., it
474
will trigger when the memory location is accessed for writing.  *Note
475
Setting Watchpoints: Set Watchpoints.
476
 
477
   Note that `-break-list' will report a single list of watchpoints and
478
breakpoints inserted.
479
 
480
GDB Command
481
...........
482
 
483
The corresponding GDB commands are `watch', `awatch', and `rwatch'.
484
 
485
Example
486
.......
487
 
488
Setting a watchpoint on a variable in the `main' function:
489
 
490
     (gdb)
491
     -break-watch x
492
     ^done,wpt={number="2",exp="x"}
493
     (gdb)
494
     -exec-continue
495
     ^running
496
     (gdb)
497
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",wpt={number="2",exp="x"},
498
     value={old="-268439212",new="55"},
499
     frame={func="main",args=[],file="recursive2.c",
500
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="5"}
501
     (gdb)
502
 
503
   Setting a watchpoint on a variable local to a function.  GDB will
504
stop the program execution twice: first for the variable changing
505
value, then for the watchpoint going out of scope.
506
 
507
     (gdb)
508
     -break-watch C
509
     ^done,wpt={number="5",exp="C"}
510
     (gdb)
511
     -exec-continue
512
     ^running
513
     (gdb)
514
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",
515
     wpt={number="5",exp="C"},value={old="-276895068",new="3"},
516
     frame={func="callee4",args=[],
517
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
518
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="13"}
519
     (gdb)
520
     -exec-continue
521
     ^running
522
     (gdb)
523
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-scope",wpnum="5",
524
     frame={func="callee3",args=[{name="strarg",
525
     value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}],
526
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
527
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"}
528
     (gdb)
529
 
530
   Listing breakpoints and watchpoints, at different points in the
531
program execution.  Note that once the watchpoint goes out of scope, it
532
is deleted.
533
 
534
     (gdb)
535
     -break-watch C
536
     ^done,wpt={number="2",exp="C"}
537
     (gdb)
538
     -break-list
539
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
540
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
541
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
542
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
543
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
544
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
545
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
546
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
547
     addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
548
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
549
     fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c"line="8",times="1"},
550
     bkpt={number="2",type="watchpoint",disp="keep",
551
     enabled="y",addr="",what="C",times="0"}]}
552
     (gdb)
553
     -exec-continue
554
     ^running
555
     (gdb)
556
     *stopped,reason="watchpoint-trigger",wpt={number="2",exp="C"},
557
     value={old="-276895068",new="3"},
558
     frame={func="callee4",args=[],
559
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
560
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="13"}
561
     (gdb)
562
     -break-list
563
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="2",nr_cols="6",
564
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
565
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
566
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
567
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
568
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
569
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
570
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
571
     addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
572
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
573
     fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8",times="1"},
574
     bkpt={number="2",type="watchpoint",disp="keep",
575
     enabled="y",addr="",what="C",times="-5"}]}
576
     (gdb)
577
     -exec-continue
578
     ^running
579
     ^done,reason="watchpoint-scope",wpnum="2",
580
     frame={func="callee3",args=[{name="strarg",
581
     value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}],
582
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
583
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"}
584
     (gdb)
585
     -break-list
586
     ^done,BreakpointTable={nr_rows="1",nr_cols="6",
587
     hdr=[{width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="number",colhdr="Num"},
588
     {width="14",alignment="-1",col_name="type",colhdr="Type"},
589
     {width="4",alignment="-1",col_name="disp",colhdr="Disp"},
590
     {width="3",alignment="-1",col_name="enabled",colhdr="Enb"},
591
     {width="10",alignment="-1",col_name="addr",colhdr="Address"},
592
     {width="40",alignment="2",col_name="what",colhdr="What"}],
593
     body=[bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
594
     addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
595
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
596
     fullname="/home/foo/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8",
597
     times="1"}]}
598
     (gdb)
599
 
600

601
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Program Context,  Next: GDB/MI Thread Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Breakpoint Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
602
 
603
24.8 GDB/MI  Program Context
604
============================
605
 
606
The `-exec-arguments' Command
607
-----------------------------
608
 
609
Synopsis
610
........
611
 
612
      -exec-arguments ARGS
613
 
614
   Set the inferior program arguments, to be used in the next
615
`-exec-run'.
616
 
617
GDB Command
618
...........
619
 
620
The corresponding GDB command is `set args'.
621
 
622
Example
623
.......
624
 
625
Don't have one around.
626
 
627
The `-exec-show-arguments' Command
628
----------------------------------
629
 
630
Synopsis
631
........
632
 
633
      -exec-show-arguments
634
 
635
   Print the arguments of the program.
636
 
637
GDB Command
638
...........
639
 
640
The corresponding GDB command is `show args'.
641
 
642
Example
643
.......
644
 
645
N.A.
646
 
647
The `-environment-cd' Command
648
-----------------------------
649
 
650
Synopsis
651
........
652
 
653
      -environment-cd PATHDIR
654
 
655
   Set GDB's working directory.
656
 
657
GDB Command
658
...........
659
 
660
The corresponding GDB command is `cd'.
661
 
662
Example
663
.......
664
 
665
     (gdb)
666
     -environment-cd /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb
667
     ^done
668
     (gdb)
669
 
670
The `-environment-directory' Command
671
------------------------------------
672
 
673
Synopsis
674
........
675
 
676
      -environment-directory [ -r ] [ PATHDIR ]+
677
 
678
   Add directories PATHDIR to beginning of search path for source files.
679
If the `-r' option is used, the search path is reset to the default
680
search path.  If directories PATHDIR are supplied in addition to the
681
`-r' option, the search path is first reset and then addition occurs as
682
normal.  Multiple directories may be specified, separated by blanks.
683
Specifying multiple directories in a single command results in the
684
directories added to the beginning of the search path in the same order
685
they were presented in the command.  If blanks are needed as part of a
686
directory name, double-quotes should be used around the name.  In the
687
command output, the path will show up separated by the system
688
directory-separator character.  The directory-separator character must
689
not be used in any directory name.  If no directories are specified,
690
the current search path is displayed.
691
 
692
GDB Command
693
...........
694
 
695
The corresponding GDB command is `dir'.
696
 
697
Example
698
.......
699
 
700
     (gdb)
701
     -environment-directory /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb
702
     ^done,source-path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb:$cdir:$cwd"
703
     (gdb)
704
     -environment-directory ""
705
     ^done,source-path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb:$cdir:$cwd"
706
     (gdb)
707
     -environment-directory -r /home/jjohnstn/src/gdb /usr/src
708
     ^done,source-path="/home/jjohnstn/src/gdb:/usr/src:$cdir:$cwd"
709
     (gdb)
710
     -environment-directory -r
711
     ^done,source-path="$cdir:$cwd"
712
     (gdb)
713
 
714
The `-environment-path' Command
715
-------------------------------
716
 
717
Synopsis
718
........
719
 
720
      -environment-path [ -r ] [ PATHDIR ]+
721
 
722
   Add directories PATHDIR to beginning of search path for object files.
723
If the `-r' option is used, the search path is reset to the original
724
search path that existed at gdb start-up.  If directories PATHDIR are
725
supplied in addition to the `-r' option, the search path is first reset
726
and then addition occurs as normal.  Multiple directories may be
727
specified, separated by blanks.  Specifying multiple directories in a
728
single command results in the directories added to the beginning of the
729
search path in the same order they were presented in the command.  If
730
blanks are needed as part of a directory name, double-quotes should be
731
used around the name.  In the command output, the path will show up
732
separated by the system directory-separator character.  The
733
directory-separator character must not be used in any directory name.
734
If no directories are specified, the current path is displayed.
735
 
736
GDB Command
737
...........
738
 
739
The corresponding GDB command is `path'.
740
 
741
Example
742
.......
743
 
744
     (gdb)
745
     -environment-path
746
     ^done,path="/usr/bin"
747
     (gdb)
748
     -environment-path /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/ppc-eabi/gdb /bin
749
     ^done,path="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/ppc-eabi/gdb:/bin:/usr/bin"
750
     (gdb)
751
     -environment-path -r /usr/local/bin
752
     ^done,path="/usr/local/bin:/usr/bin"
753
     (gdb)
754
 
755
The `-environment-pwd' Command
756
------------------------------
757
 
758
Synopsis
759
........
760
 
761
      -environment-pwd
762
 
763
   Show the current working directory.
764
 
765
GDB Command
766
...........
767
 
768
The corresponding GDB command is `pwd'.
769
 
770
Example
771
.......
772
 
773
     (gdb)
774
     -environment-pwd
775
     ^done,cwd="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb"
776
     (gdb)
777
 
778

779
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Thread Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Program Execution,  Prev: GDB/MI Program Context,  Up: GDB/MI
780
 
781
24.9 GDB/MI Thread Commands
782
===========================
783
 
784
The `-thread-info' Command
785
--------------------------
786
 
787
Synopsis
788
........
789
 
790
      -thread-info
791
 
792
GDB Command
793
...........
794
 
795
No equivalent.
796
 
797
Example
798
.......
799
 
800
N.A.
801
 
802
The `-thread-list-all-threads' Command
803
--------------------------------------
804
 
805
Synopsis
806
........
807
 
808
      -thread-list-all-threads
809
 
810
GDB Command
811
...........
812
 
813
The equivalent GDB command is `info threads'.
814
 
815
Example
816
.......
817
 
818
N.A.
819
 
820
The `-thread-list-ids' Command
821
------------------------------
822
 
823
Synopsis
824
........
825
 
826
      -thread-list-ids
827
 
828
   Produces a list of the currently known GDB thread ids.  At the end
829
of the list it also prints the total number of such threads.
830
 
831
GDB Command
832
...........
833
 
834
Part of `info threads' supplies the same information.
835
 
836
Example
837
.......
838
 
839
No threads present, besides the main process:
840
 
841
     (gdb)
842
     -thread-list-ids
843
     ^done,thread-ids={},number-of-threads="0"
844
     (gdb)
845
 
846
   Several threads:
847
 
848
     (gdb)
849
     -thread-list-ids
850
     ^done,thread-ids={thread-id="3",thread-id="2",thread-id="1"},
851
     number-of-threads="3"
852
     (gdb)
853
 
854
The `-thread-select' Command
855
----------------------------
856
 
857
Synopsis
858
........
859
 
860
      -thread-select THREADNUM
861
 
862
   Make THREADNUM the current thread.  It prints the number of the new
863
current thread, and the topmost frame for that thread.
864
 
865
GDB Command
866
...........
867
 
868
The corresponding GDB command is `thread'.
869
 
870
Example
871
.......
872
 
873
     (gdb)
874
     -exec-next
875
     ^running
876
     (gdb)
877
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",thread-id="2",line="187",
878
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.threads/linux-dp.c"
879
     (gdb)
880
     -thread-list-ids
881
     ^done,
882
     thread-ids={thread-id="3",thread-id="2",thread-id="1"},
883
     number-of-threads="3"
884
     (gdb)
885
     -thread-select 3
886
     ^done,new-thread-id="3",
887
     frame={level="0",func="vprintf",
888
     args=[{name="format",value="0x8048e9c \"%*s%c %d %c\\n\""},
889
     {name="arg",value="0x2"}],file="vprintf.c",line="31"}
890
     (gdb)
891
 
892

893
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Program Execution,  Next: GDB/MI Stack Manipulation,  Prev: GDB/MI Thread Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
894
 
895
24.10 GDB/MI Program Execution
896
==============================
897
 
898
These are the asynchronous commands which generate the out-of-band
899
record `*stopped'.  Currently GDB only really executes asynchronously
900
with remote targets and this interaction is mimicked in other cases.
901
 
902
The `-exec-continue' Command
903
----------------------------
904
 
905
Synopsis
906
........
907
 
908
      -exec-continue
909
 
910
   Resumes the execution of the inferior program until a breakpoint is
911
encountered, or until the inferior exits.
912
 
913
GDB Command
914
...........
915
 
916
The corresponding GDB corresponding is `continue'.
917
 
918
Example
919
.......
920
 
921
     -exec-continue
922
     ^running
923
     (gdb)
924
     @Hello world
925
     *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="2",frame={func="foo",args=[],
926
     file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/hello.c",line="13"}
927
     (gdb)
928
 
929
The `-exec-finish' Command
930
--------------------------
931
 
932
Synopsis
933
........
934
 
935
      -exec-finish
936
 
937
   Resumes the execution of the inferior program until the current
938
function is exited.  Displays the results returned by the function.
939
 
940
GDB Command
941
...........
942
 
943
The corresponding GDB command is `finish'.
944
 
945
Example
946
.......
947
 
948
Function returning `void'.
949
 
950
     -exec-finish
951
     ^running
952
     (gdb)
953
     @hello from foo
954
     *stopped,reason="function-finished",frame={func="main",args=[],
955
     file="hello.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/hello.c",line="7"}
956
     (gdb)
957
 
958
   Function returning other than `void'.  The name of the internal GDB
959
variable storing the result is printed, together with the value itself.
960
 
961
     -exec-finish
962
     ^running
963
     (gdb)
964
     *stopped,reason="function-finished",frame={addr="0x000107b0",func="foo",
965
     args=[{name="a",value="1"],{name="b",value="9"}},
966
     file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
967
     gdb-result-var="$1",return-value="0"
968
     (gdb)
969
 
970
The `-exec-interrupt' Command
971
-----------------------------
972
 
973
Synopsis
974
........
975
 
976
      -exec-interrupt
977
 
978
   Interrupts the background execution of the target.  Note how the
979
token associated with the stop message is the one for the execution
980
command that has been interrupted.  The token for the interrupt itself
981
only appears in the `^done' output.  If the user is trying to interrupt
982
a non-running program, an error message will be printed.
983
 
984
GDB Command
985
...........
986
 
987
The corresponding GDB command is `interrupt'.
988
 
989
Example
990
.......
991
 
992
     (gdb)
993
     111-exec-continue
994
     111^running
995
 
996
     (gdb)
997
     222-exec-interrupt
998
     222^done
999
     (gdb)
1000
     111*stopped,signal-name="SIGINT",signal-meaning="Interrupt",
1001
     frame={addr="0x00010140",func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
1002
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="13"}
1003
     (gdb)
1004
 
1005
     (gdb)
1006
     -exec-interrupt
1007
     ^error,msg="mi_cmd_exec_interrupt: Inferior not executing."
1008
     (gdb)
1009
 
1010
The `-exec-next' Command
1011
------------------------
1012
 
1013
Synopsis
1014
........
1015
 
1016
      -exec-next
1017
 
1018
   Resumes execution of the inferior program, stopping when the
1019
beginning of the next source line is reached.
1020
 
1021
GDB Command
1022
...........
1023
 
1024
The corresponding GDB command is `next'.
1025
 
1026
Example
1027
.......
1028
 
1029
     -exec-next
1030
     ^running
1031
     (gdb)
1032
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",line="8",file="hello.c"
1033
     (gdb)
1034
 
1035
The `-exec-next-instruction' Command
1036
------------------------------------
1037
 
1038
Synopsis
1039
........
1040
 
1041
      -exec-next-instruction
1042
 
1043
   Executes one machine instruction.  If the instruction is a function
1044
call, continues until the function returns.  If the program stops at an
1045
instruction in the middle of a source line, the address will be printed
1046
as well.
1047
 
1048
GDB Command
1049
...........
1050
 
1051
The corresponding GDB command is `nexti'.
1052
 
1053
Example
1054
.......
1055
 
1056
     (gdb)
1057
     -exec-next-instruction
1058
     ^running
1059
 
1060
     (gdb)
1061
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
1062
     addr="0x000100d4",line="5",file="hello.c"
1063
     (gdb)
1064
 
1065
The `-exec-return' Command
1066
--------------------------
1067
 
1068
Synopsis
1069
........
1070
 
1071
      -exec-return
1072
 
1073
   Makes current function return immediately.  Doesn't execute the
1074
inferior.  Displays the new current frame.
1075
 
1076
GDB Command
1077
...........
1078
 
1079
The corresponding GDB command is `return'.
1080
 
1081
Example
1082
.......
1083
 
1084
     (gdb)
1085
     200-break-insert callee4
1086
     200^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x00010734",
1087
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"}
1088
     (gdb)
1089
     000-exec-run
1090
     000^running
1091
     (gdb)
1092
     000*stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",
1093
     frame={func="callee4",args=[],
1094
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1095
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"}
1096
     (gdb)
1097
     205-break-delete
1098
     205^done
1099
     (gdb)
1100
     111-exec-return
1101
     111^done,frame={level="0",func="callee3",
1102
     args=[{name="strarg",
1103
     value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}],
1104
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1105
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="18"}
1106
     (gdb)
1107
 
1108
The `-exec-run' Command
1109
-----------------------
1110
 
1111
Synopsis
1112
........
1113
 
1114
      -exec-run
1115
 
1116
   Starts execution of the inferior from the beginning.  The inferior
1117
executes until either a breakpoint is encountered or the program exits.
1118
In the latter case the output will include an exit code, if the
1119
program has exited exceptionally.
1120
 
1121
GDB Command
1122
...........
1123
 
1124
The corresponding GDB command is `run'.
1125
 
1126
Examples
1127
........
1128
 
1129
     (gdb)
1130
     -break-insert main
1131
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",addr="0x0001072c",file="recursive2.c",line="4"}
1132
     (gdb)
1133
     -exec-run
1134
     ^running
1135
     (gdb)
1136
     *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",
1137
     frame={func="main",args=[],file="recursive2.c",
1138
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="4"}
1139
     (gdb)
1140
 
1141
Program exited normally:
1142
 
1143
     (gdb)
1144
     -exec-run
1145
     ^running
1146
     (gdb)
1147
     x = 55
1148
     *stopped,reason="exited-normally"
1149
     (gdb)
1150
 
1151
Program exited exceptionally:
1152
 
1153
     (gdb)
1154
     -exec-run
1155
     ^running
1156
     (gdb)
1157
     x = 55
1158
     *stopped,reason="exited",exit-code="01"
1159
     (gdb)
1160
 
1161
   Another way the program can terminate is if it receives a signal
1162
such as `SIGINT'.  In this case, GDB/MI displays this:
1163
 
1164
     (gdb)
1165
     *stopped,reason="exited-signalled",signal-name="SIGINT",
1166
     signal-meaning="Interrupt"
1167
 
1168
The `-exec-step' Command
1169
------------------------
1170
 
1171
Synopsis
1172
........
1173
 
1174
      -exec-step
1175
 
1176
   Resumes execution of the inferior program, stopping when the
1177
beginning of the next source line is reached, if the next source line
1178
is not a function call.  If it is, stop at the first instruction of the
1179
called function.
1180
 
1181
GDB Command
1182
...........
1183
 
1184
The corresponding GDB command is `step'.
1185
 
1186
Example
1187
.......
1188
 
1189
Stepping into a function:
1190
 
1191
     -exec-step
1192
     ^running
1193
     (gdb)
1194
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
1195
     frame={func="foo",args=[{name="a",value="10"},
1196
     {name="b",value="0"}],file="recursive2.c",
1197
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="11"}
1198
     (gdb)
1199
 
1200
   Regular stepping:
1201
 
1202
     -exec-step
1203
     ^running
1204
     (gdb)
1205
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",line="14",file="recursive2.c"
1206
     (gdb)
1207
 
1208
The `-exec-step-instruction' Command
1209
------------------------------------
1210
 
1211
Synopsis
1212
........
1213
 
1214
      -exec-step-instruction
1215
 
1216
   Resumes the inferior which executes one machine instruction.  The
1217
output, once GDB has stopped, will vary depending on whether we have
1218
stopped in the middle of a source line or not.  In the former case, the
1219
address at which the program stopped will be printed as well.
1220
 
1221
GDB Command
1222
...........
1223
 
1224
The corresponding GDB command is `stepi'.
1225
 
1226
Example
1227
.......
1228
 
1229
     (gdb)
1230
     -exec-step-instruction
1231
     ^running
1232
 
1233
     (gdb)
1234
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
1235
     frame={func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
1236
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="10"}
1237
     (gdb)
1238
     -exec-step-instruction
1239
     ^running
1240
 
1241
     (gdb)
1242
     *stopped,reason="end-stepping-range",
1243
     frame={addr="0x000100f4",func="foo",args=[],file="try.c",
1244
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="10"}
1245
     (gdb)
1246
 
1247
The `-exec-until' Command
1248
-------------------------
1249
 
1250
Synopsis
1251
........
1252
 
1253
      -exec-until [ LOCATION ]
1254
 
1255
   Executes the inferior until the LOCATION specified in the argument
1256
is reached.  If there is no argument, the inferior executes until a
1257
source line greater than the current one is reached.  The reason for
1258
stopping in this case will be `location-reached'.
1259
 
1260
GDB Command
1261
...........
1262
 
1263
The corresponding GDB command is `until'.
1264
 
1265
Example
1266
.......
1267
 
1268
     (gdb)
1269
     -exec-until recursive2.c:6
1270
     ^running
1271
     (gdb)
1272
     x = 55
1273
     *stopped,reason="location-reached",frame={func="main",args=[],
1274
     file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="6"}
1275
     (gdb)
1276
 
1277

1278
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Stack Manipulation,  Next: GDB/MI Variable Objects,  Prev: GDB/MI Program Execution,  Up: GDB/MI
1279
 
1280
24.11 GDB/MI Stack Manipulation Commands
1281
========================================
1282
 
1283
The `-stack-info-frame' Command
1284
-------------------------------
1285
 
1286
Synopsis
1287
........
1288
 
1289
      -stack-info-frame
1290
 
1291
   Get info on the selected frame.
1292
 
1293
GDB Command
1294
...........
1295
 
1296
The corresponding GDB command is `info frame' or `frame' (without
1297
arguments).
1298
 
1299
Example
1300
.......
1301
 
1302
     (gdb)
1303
     -stack-info-frame
1304
     ^done,frame={level="1",addr="0x0001076c",func="callee3",
1305
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1306
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="17"}
1307
     (gdb)
1308
 
1309
The `-stack-info-depth' Command
1310
-------------------------------
1311
 
1312
Synopsis
1313
........
1314
 
1315
      -stack-info-depth [ MAX-DEPTH ]
1316
 
1317
   Return the depth of the stack.  If the integer argument MAX-DEPTH is
1318
specified, do not count beyond MAX-DEPTH frames.
1319
 
1320
GDB Command
1321
...........
1322
 
1323
There's no equivalent GDB command.
1324
 
1325
Example
1326
.......
1327
 
1328
For a stack with frame levels 0 through 11:
1329
 
1330
     (gdb)
1331
     -stack-info-depth
1332
     ^done,depth="12"
1333
     (gdb)
1334
     -stack-info-depth 4
1335
     ^done,depth="4"
1336
     (gdb)
1337
     -stack-info-depth 12
1338
     ^done,depth="12"
1339
     (gdb)
1340
     -stack-info-depth 11
1341
     ^done,depth="11"
1342
     (gdb)
1343
     -stack-info-depth 13
1344
     ^done,depth="12"
1345
     (gdb)
1346
 
1347
The `-stack-list-arguments' Command
1348
-----------------------------------
1349
 
1350
Synopsis
1351
........
1352
 
1353
      -stack-list-arguments SHOW-VALUES
1354
         [ LOW-FRAME HIGH-FRAME ]
1355
 
1356
   Display a list of the arguments for the frames between LOW-FRAME and
1357
HIGH-FRAME (inclusive).  If LOW-FRAME and HIGH-FRAME are not provided,
1358
list the arguments for the whole call stack.  If the two arguments are
1359
equal, show the single frame at the corresponding level.  It is an
1360
error if LOW-FRAME is larger than the actual number of frames.  On the
1361
other hand, HIGH-FRAME may be larger than the actual number of frames,
1362
in which case only existing frames will be returned.
1363
 
1364
   The SHOW-VALUES argument must have a value of 0 or 1.  A value of 0
1365
means that only the names of the arguments are listed, a value of 1
1366
means that both names and values of the arguments are printed.
1367
 
1368
GDB Command
1369
...........
1370
 
1371
GDB does not have an equivalent command.  `gdbtk' has a `gdb_get_args'
1372
command which partially overlaps with the functionality of
1373
`-stack-list-arguments'.
1374
 
1375
Example
1376
.......
1377
 
1378
     (gdb)
1379
     -stack-list-frames
1380
     ^done,
1381
     stack=[
1382
     frame={level="0",addr="0x00010734",func="callee4",
1383
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1384
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="8"},
1385
     frame={level="1",addr="0x0001076c",func="callee3",
1386
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1387
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="17"},
1388
     frame={level="2",addr="0x0001078c",func="callee2",
1389
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1390
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="22"},
1391
     frame={level="3",addr="0x000107b4",func="callee1",
1392
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1393
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="27"},
1394
     frame={level="4",addr="0x000107e0",func="main",
1395
     file="../../../devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",
1396
     fullname="/home/foo/bar/devo/gdb/testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line="32"}]
1397
     (gdb)
1398
     -stack-list-arguments 0
1399
     ^done,
1400
     stack-args=[
1401
     frame={level="0",args=[]},
1402
     frame={level="1",args=[name="strarg"]},
1403
     frame={level="2",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg"]},
1404
     frame={level="3",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg",name="fltarg"]},
1405
     frame={level="4",args=[]}]
1406
     (gdb)
1407
     -stack-list-arguments 1
1408
     ^done,
1409
     stack-args=[
1410
     frame={level="0",args=[]},
1411
     frame={level="1",
1412
      args=[{name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}]},
1413
     frame={level="2",args=[
1414
     {name="intarg",value="2"},
1415
     {name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}]},
1416
     {frame={level="3",args=[
1417
     {name="intarg",value="2"},
1418
     {name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""},
1419
     {name="fltarg",value="3.5"}]},
1420
     frame={level="4",args=[]}]
1421
     (gdb)
1422
     -stack-list-arguments 0 2 2
1423
     ^done,stack-args=[frame={level="2",args=[name="intarg",name="strarg"]}]
1424
     (gdb)
1425
     -stack-list-arguments 1 2 2
1426
     ^done,stack-args=[frame={level="2",
1427
     args=[{name="intarg",value="2"},
1428
     {name="strarg",value="0x11940 \"A string argument.\""}]}]
1429
     (gdb)
1430
 
1431
The `-stack-list-frames' Command
1432
--------------------------------
1433
 
1434
Synopsis
1435
........
1436
 
1437
      -stack-list-frames [ LOW-FRAME HIGH-FRAME ]
1438
 
1439
   List the frames currently on the stack.  For each frame it displays
1440
the following info:
1441
 
1442
`LEVEL'
1443
     The frame number, 0 being the topmost frame, i.e., the innermost
1444
     function.
1445
 
1446
`ADDR'
1447
     The `$pc' value for that frame.
1448
 
1449
`FUNC'
1450
     Function name.
1451
 
1452
`FILE'
1453
     File name of the source file where the function lives.
1454
 
1455
`LINE'
1456
     Line number corresponding to the `$pc'.
1457
 
1458
   If invoked without arguments, this command prints a backtrace for the
1459
whole stack.  If given two integer arguments, it shows the frames whose
1460
levels are between the two arguments (inclusive).  If the two arguments
1461
are equal, it shows the single frame at the corresponding level.  It is
1462
an error if LOW-FRAME is larger than the actual number of frames.  On
1463
the other hand, HIGH-FRAME may be larger than the actual number of
1464
frames, in which case only existing frames will be returned.
1465
 
1466
GDB Command
1467
...........
1468
 
1469
The corresponding GDB commands are `backtrace' and `where'.
1470
 
1471
Example
1472
.......
1473
 
1474
Full stack backtrace:
1475
 
1476
     (gdb)
1477
     -stack-list-frames
1478
     ^done,stack=
1479
     [frame={level="0",addr="0x0001076c",func="foo",
1480
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="11"},
1481
     frame={level="1",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1482
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1483
     frame={level="2",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1484
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1485
     frame={level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1486
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1487
     frame={level="4",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1488
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1489
     frame={level="5",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1490
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1491
     frame={level="6",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1492
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1493
     frame={level="7",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1494
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1495
     frame={level="8",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1496
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1497
     frame={level="9",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1498
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1499
     frame={level="10",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1500
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1501
     frame={level="11",addr="0x00010738",func="main",
1502
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="4"}]
1503
     (gdb)
1504
 
1505
   Show frames between LOW_FRAME and HIGH_FRAME:
1506
 
1507
     (gdb)
1508
     -stack-list-frames 3 5
1509
     ^done,stack=
1510
     [frame={level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1511
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1512
     frame={level="4",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1513
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"},
1514
     frame={level="5",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1515
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"}]
1516
     (gdb)
1517
 
1518
   Show a single frame:
1519
 
1520
     (gdb)
1521
     -stack-list-frames 3 3
1522
     ^done,stack=
1523
     [frame={level="3",addr="0x000107a4",func="foo",
1524
       file="recursive2.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/recursive2.c",line="14"}]
1525
     (gdb)
1526
 
1527
The `-stack-list-locals' Command
1528
--------------------------------
1529
 
1530
Synopsis
1531
........
1532
 
1533
      -stack-list-locals PRINT-VALUES
1534
 
1535
   Display the local variable names for the selected frame.  If
1536
PRINT-VALUES is 0 or `--no-values', print only the names of the
1537
variables; if it is 1 or `--all-values', print also their values; and
1538
if it is 2 or `--simple-values', print the name, type and value for
1539
simple data types and the name and type for arrays, structures and
1540
unions.  In this last case, a frontend can immediately display the
1541
value of simple data types and create variable objects for other data
1542
types when the user wishes to explore their values in more detail.
1543
 
1544
GDB Command
1545
...........
1546
 
1547
`info locals' in GDB, `gdb_get_locals' in `gdbtk'.
1548
 
1549
Example
1550
.......
1551
 
1552
     (gdb)
1553
     -stack-list-locals 0
1554
     ^done,locals=[name="A",name="B",name="C"]
1555
     (gdb)
1556
     -stack-list-locals --all-values
1557
     ^done,locals=[{name="A",value="1"},{name="B",value="2"},
1558
       {name="C",value="{1, 2, 3}"}]
1559
     -stack-list-locals --simple-values
1560
     ^done,locals=[{name="A",type="int",value="1"},
1561
       {name="B",type="int",value="2"},{name="C",type="int [3]"}]
1562
     (gdb)
1563
 
1564
The `-stack-select-frame' Command
1565
---------------------------------
1566
 
1567
Synopsis
1568
........
1569
 
1570
      -stack-select-frame FRAMENUM
1571
 
1572
   Change the selected frame.  Select a different frame FRAMENUM on the
1573
stack.
1574
 
1575
GDB Command
1576
...........
1577
 
1578
The corresponding GDB commands are `frame', `up', `down',
1579
`select-frame', `up-silent', and `down-silent'.
1580
 
1581
Example
1582
.......
1583
 
1584
     (gdb)
1585
     -stack-select-frame 2
1586
     ^done
1587
     (gdb)
1588
 
1589

1590
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Variable Objects,  Next: GDB/MI Data Manipulation,  Prev: GDB/MI Stack Manipulation,  Up: GDB/MI
1591
 
1592
24.12 GDB/MI Variable Objects
1593
=============================
1594
 
1595
Introduction to Variable Objects
1596
--------------------------------
1597
 
1598
Variable objects are "object-oriented" MI interface for examining and
1599
changing values of expressions.  Unlike some other MI interfaces that
1600
work with expressions, variable objects are specifically designed for
1601
simple and efficient presentation in the frontend.  A variable object
1602
is identified by string name.  When a variable object is created, the
1603
frontend specifies the expression for that variable object.  The
1604
expression can be a simple variable, or it can be an arbitrary complex
1605
expression, and can even involve CPU registers.  After creating a
1606
variable object, the frontend can invoke other variable object
1607
operations--for example to obtain or change the value of a variable
1608
object, or to change display format.
1609
 
1610
   Variable objects have hierarchical tree structure.  Any variable
1611
object that corresponds to a composite type, such as structure in C, has
1612
a number of child variable objects, for example corresponding to each
1613
element of a structure.  A child variable object can itself have
1614
children, recursively.  Recursion ends when we reach leaf variable
1615
objects, which always have built-in types.  Child variable objects are
1616
created only by explicit request, so if a frontend is not interested in
1617
the children of a particular variable object, no child will be created.
1618
 
1619
   For a leaf variable object it is possible to obtain its value as a
1620
string, or set the value from a string.  String value can be also
1621
obtained for a non-leaf variable object, but it's generally a string
1622
that only indicates the type of the object, and does not list its
1623
contents.  Assignment to a non-leaf variable object is not allowed.
1624
 
1625
   A frontend does not need to read the values of all variable objects
1626
each time the program stops.  Instead, MI provides an update command
1627
that lists all variable objects whose values has changed since the last
1628
update operation.  This considerably reduces the amount of data that
1629
must be transferred to the frontend.  As noted above, children variable
1630
objects are created on demand, and only leaf variable objects have a
1631
real value.  As result, gdb will read target memory only for leaf
1632
variables that frontend has created.
1633
 
1634
   The automatic update is not always desirable.  For example, a
1635
frontend might want to keep a value of some expression for future
1636
reference, and never update it.  For another example,  fetching memory
1637
is relatively slow for embedded targets, so a frontend might want to
1638
disable automatic update for the variables that are either not visible
1639
on the screen, or "closed".  This is possible using so called "frozen
1640
variable objects".  Such variable objects are never implicitly updated.
1641
 
1642
   The following is the complete set of GDB/MI operations defined to
1643
access this functionality:
1644
 
1645
*Operation*                   *Description*
1646
`-var-create'                 create a variable object
1647
`-var-delete'                 delete the variable object and/or its
1648
                              children
1649
`-var-set-format'             set the display format of this variable
1650
`-var-show-format'            show the display format of this variable
1651
`-var-info-num-children'      tells how many children this object has
1652
`-var-list-children'          return a list of the object's children
1653
`-var-info-type'              show the type of this variable object
1654
`-var-info-expression'        print parent-relative expression that this
1655
                              variable object represents
1656
`-var-info-path-expression'   print full expression that this variable
1657
                              object represents
1658
`-var-show-attributes'        is this variable editable? does it exist
1659
                              here?
1660
`-var-evaluate-expression'    get the value of this variable
1661
`-var-assign'                 set the value of this variable
1662
`-var-update'                 update the variable and its children
1663
`-var-set-frozen'             set frozeness attribute
1664
 
1665
   In the next subsection we describe each operation in detail and
1666
suggest how it can be used.
1667
 
1668
Description And Use of Operations on Variable Objects
1669
-----------------------------------------------------
1670
 
1671
The `-var-create' Command
1672
-------------------------
1673
 
1674
Synopsis
1675
........
1676
 
1677
      -var-create {NAME | "-"}
1678
         {FRAME-ADDR | "*"} EXPRESSION
1679
 
1680
   This operation creates a variable object, which allows the
1681
monitoring of a variable, the result of an expression, a memory cell or
1682
a CPU register.
1683
 
1684
   The NAME parameter is the string by which the object can be
1685
referenced.  It must be unique.  If `-' is specified, the varobj system
1686
will generate a string "varNNNNNN" automatically.  It will be unique
1687
provided that one does not specify NAME on that format.  The command
1688
fails if a duplicate name is found.
1689
 
1690
   The frame under which the expression should be evaluated can be
1691
specified by FRAME-ADDR.  A `*' indicates that the current frame should
1692
be used.
1693
 
1694
   EXPRESSION is any expression valid on the current language set (must
1695
not begin with a `*'), or one of the following:
1696
 
1697
   * `*ADDR', where ADDR is the address of a memory cell
1698
 
1699
   * `*ADDR-ADDR' -- a memory address range (TBD)
1700
 
1701
   * `$REGNAME' -- a CPU register name
1702
 
1703
Result
1704
......
1705
 
1706
This operation returns the name, number of children and the type of the
1707
object created.  Type is returned as a string as the ones generated by
1708
the GDB CLI:
1709
 
1710
      name="NAME",numchild="N",type="TYPE"
1711
 
1712
The `-var-delete' Command
1713
-------------------------
1714
 
1715
Synopsis
1716
........
1717
 
1718
      -var-delete [ -c ] NAME
1719
 
1720
   Deletes a previously created variable object and all of its children.
1721
With the `-c' option, just deletes the children.
1722
 
1723
   Returns an error if the object NAME is not found.
1724
 
1725
The `-var-set-format' Command
1726
-----------------------------
1727
 
1728
Synopsis
1729
........
1730
 
1731
      -var-set-format NAME FORMAT-SPEC
1732
 
1733
   Sets the output format for the value of the object NAME to be
1734
FORMAT-SPEC.
1735
 
1736
   The syntax for the FORMAT-SPEC is as follows:
1737
 
1738
      FORMAT-SPEC ==>
1739
      {binary | decimal | hexadecimal | octal | natural}
1740
 
1741
   The natural format is the default format choosen automatically based
1742
on the variable type (like decimal for an `int', hex for pointers,
1743
etc.).
1744
 
1745
   For a variable with children, the format is set only on the variable
1746
itself, and the children are not affected.
1747
 
1748
The `-var-show-format' Command
1749
------------------------------
1750
 
1751
Synopsis
1752
........
1753
 
1754
      -var-show-format NAME
1755
 
1756
   Returns the format used to display the value of the object NAME.
1757
 
1758
      FORMAT ==>
1759
      FORMAT-SPEC
1760
 
1761
The `-var-info-num-children' Command
1762
------------------------------------
1763
 
1764
Synopsis
1765
........
1766
 
1767
      -var-info-num-children NAME
1768
 
1769
   Returns the number of children of a variable object NAME:
1770
 
1771
      numchild=N
1772
 
1773
The `-var-list-children' Command
1774
--------------------------------
1775
 
1776
Synopsis
1777
........
1778
 
1779
      -var-list-children [PRINT-VALUES] NAME
1780
 
1781
   Return a list of the children of the specified variable object and
1782
create variable objects for them, if they do not already exist.  With a
1783
single argument or if PRINT-VALUES has a value for of 0 or
1784
`--no-values', print only the names of the variables; if PRINT-VALUES
1785
is 1 or `--all-values', also print their values; and if it is 2 or
1786
`--simple-values' print the name and value for simple data types and
1787
just the name for arrays, structures and unions.
1788
 
1789
Example
1790
.......
1791
 
1792
     (gdb)
1793
      -var-list-children n
1794
      ^done,numchild=N,children=[{name=NAME,
1795
      numchild=N,type=TYPE},(repeats N times)]
1796
     (gdb)
1797
      -var-list-children --all-values n
1798
      ^done,numchild=N,children=[{name=NAME,
1799
      numchild=N,value=VALUE,type=TYPE},(repeats N times)]
1800
 
1801
The `-var-info-type' Command
1802
----------------------------
1803
 
1804
Synopsis
1805
........
1806
 
1807
      -var-info-type NAME
1808
 
1809
   Returns the type of the specified variable NAME.  The type is
1810
returned as a string in the same format as it is output by the GDB CLI:
1811
 
1812
      type=TYPENAME
1813
 
1814
The `-var-info-expression' Command
1815
----------------------------------
1816
 
1817
Synopsis
1818
........
1819
 
1820
      -var-info-expression NAME
1821
 
1822
   Returns a string that is suitable for presenting this variable
1823
object in user interface.  The string is generally not valid expression
1824
in the current language, and cannot be evaluated.
1825
 
1826
   For example, if `a' is an array, and variable object `A' was created
1827
for `a', then we'll get this output:
1828
 
1829
     (gdb) -var-info-expression A.1
1830
     ^done,lang="C",exp="1"
1831
 
1832
Here, the values of `lang' can be `{"C" | "C++" | "Java"}'.
1833
 
1834
   Note that the output of the `-var-list-children' command also
1835
includes those expressions, so the `-var-info-expression' command is of
1836
limited use.
1837
 
1838
The `-var-info-path-expression' Command
1839
---------------------------------------
1840
 
1841
Synopsis
1842
........
1843
 
1844
      -var-info-path-expression NAME
1845
 
1846
   Returns an expression that can be evaluated in the current context
1847
and will yield the same value that a variable object has.  Compare this
1848
with the `-var-info-expression' command, which result can be used only
1849
for UI presentation.  Typical use of the `-var-info-path-expression'
1850
command is creating a watchpoint from a variable object.
1851
 
1852
   For example, suppose `C' is a C++ class, derived from class `Base',
1853
and that the `Base' class has a member called `m_size'.  Assume a
1854
variable `c' is has the type of `C' and a variable object `C' was
1855
created for variable `c'.  Then, we'll get this output:
1856
     (gdb) -var-info-path-expression C.Base.public.m_size
1857
     ^done,path_expr=((Base)c).m_size)
1858
 
1859
The `-var-show-attributes' Command
1860
----------------------------------
1861
 
1862
Synopsis
1863
........
1864
 
1865
      -var-show-attributes NAME
1866
 
1867
   List attributes of the specified variable object NAME:
1868
 
1869
      status=ATTR [ ( ,ATTR )* ]
1870
 
1871
where ATTR is `{ { editable | noneditable } | TBD }'.
1872
 
1873
The `-var-evaluate-expression' Command
1874
--------------------------------------
1875
 
1876
Synopsis
1877
........
1878
 
1879
      -var-evaluate-expression NAME
1880
 
1881
   Evaluates the expression that is represented by the specified
1882
variable object and returns its value as a string.  The format of the
1883
string can be changed using the `-var-set-format' command.
1884
 
1885
      value=VALUE
1886
 
1887
   Note that one must invoke `-var-list-children' for a variable before
1888
the value of a child variable can be evaluated.
1889
 
1890
The `-var-assign' Command
1891
-------------------------
1892
 
1893
Synopsis
1894
........
1895
 
1896
      -var-assign NAME EXPRESSION
1897
 
1898
   Assigns the value of EXPRESSION to the variable object specified by
1899
NAME.  The object must be `editable'.  If the variable's value is
1900
altered by the assign, the variable will show up in any subsequent
1901
`-var-update' list.
1902
 
1903
Example
1904
.......
1905
 
1906
     (gdb)
1907
     -var-assign var1 3
1908
     ^done,value="3"
1909
     (gdb)
1910
     -var-update *
1911
     ^done,changelist=[{name="var1",in_scope="true",type_changed="false"}]
1912
     (gdb)
1913
 
1914
The `-var-update' Command
1915
-------------------------
1916
 
1917
Synopsis
1918
........
1919
 
1920
      -var-update [PRINT-VALUES] {NAME | "*"}
1921
 
1922
   Reevaluate the expressions corresponding to the variable object NAME
1923
and all its direct and indirect children, and return the list of
1924
variable objects whose values have changed; NAME must be a root
1925
variable object.  Here, "changed" means that the result of
1926
`-var-evaluate-expression' before and after the `-var-update' is
1927
different.  If `*' is used as the variable object names, all existing
1928
variable objects are updated, except for frozen ones (*note
1929
-var-set-frozen::).  The option PRINT-VALUES determines whether both
1930
names and values, or just names are printed.  The possible values of
1931
this options are the same as for `-var-list-children' (*note
1932
-var-list-children::).  It is recommended to use the `--all-values'
1933
option, to reduce the number of MI commands needed on each program stop.
1934
 
1935
Example
1936
.......
1937
 
1938
     (gdb)
1939
     -var-assign var1 3
1940
     ^done,value="3"
1941
     (gdb)
1942
     -var-update --all-values var1
1943
     ^done,changelist=[{name="var1",value="3",in_scope="true",
1944
     type_changed="false"}]
1945
     (gdb)
1946
 
1947
   The field in_scope may take three values:
1948
 
1949
`"true"'
1950
     The variable object's current value is valid.
1951
 
1952
`"false"'
1953
     The variable object does not currently hold a valid value but it
1954
     may hold one in the future if its associated expression comes back
1955
     into scope.
1956
 
1957
`"invalid"'
1958
     The variable object no longer holds a valid value.  This can occur
1959
     when the executable file being debugged has changed, either
1960
     through recompilation or by using the GDB `file' command.  The
1961
     front end should normally choose to delete these variable objects.
1962
 
1963
   In the future new values may be added to this list so the front
1964
should be prepared for this possibility.  *Note GDB/MI Development and
1965
Front Ends: GDB/MI Development and Front Ends.
1966
 
1967
The `-var-set-frozen' Command
1968
-----------------------------
1969
 
1970
Synopsis
1971
........
1972
 
1973
      -var-set-frozen NAME FLAG
1974
 
1975
   Set the frozenness flag on the variable object NAME.  The FLAG
1976
parameter should be either `1' to make the variable frozen or `0' to
1977
make it unfrozen.  If a variable object is frozen, then neither itself,
1978
nor any of its children, are implicitly updated by `-var-update' of a
1979
parent variable or by `-var-update *'.  Only `-var-update' of the
1980
variable itself will update its value and values of its children.
1981
After a variable object is unfrozen, it is implicitly updated by all
1982
subsequent `-var-update' operations.  Unfreezing a variable does not
1983
update it, only subsequent `-var-update' does.
1984
 
1985
Example
1986
.......
1987
 
1988
     (gdb)
1989
     -var-set-frozen V 1
1990
     ^done
1991
     (gdb)
1992
 
1993

1994
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Data Manipulation,  Next: GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Variable Objects,  Up: GDB/MI
1995
 
1996
24.13 GDB/MI Data Manipulation
1997
==============================
1998
 
1999
This section describes the GDB/MI commands that manipulate data:
2000
examine memory and registers, evaluate expressions, etc.
2001
 
2002
The `-data-disassemble' Command
2003
-------------------------------
2004
 
2005
Synopsis
2006
........
2007
 
2008
      -data-disassemble
2009
         [ -s START-ADDR -e END-ADDR ]
2010
       | [ -f FILENAME -l LINENUM [ -n LINES ] ]
2011
       -- MODE
2012
 
2013
Where:
2014
 
2015
`START-ADDR'
2016
     is the beginning address (or `$pc')
2017
 
2018
`END-ADDR'
2019
     is the end address
2020
 
2021
`FILENAME'
2022
     is the name of the file to disassemble
2023
 
2024
`LINENUM'
2025
     is the line number to disassemble around
2026
 
2027
`LINES'
2028
     is the number of disassembly lines to be produced.  If it is -1,
2029
     the whole function will be disassembled, in case no END-ADDR is
2030
     specified.  If END-ADDR is specified as a non-zero value, and
2031
     LINES is lower than the number of disassembly lines between
2032
     START-ADDR and END-ADDR, only LINES lines are displayed; if LINES
2033
     is higher than the number of lines between START-ADDR and
2034
     END-ADDR, only the lines up to END-ADDR are displayed.
2035
 
2036
`MODE'
2037
     is either 0 (meaning only disassembly) or 1 (meaning mixed source
2038
     and disassembly).
2039
 
2040
Result
2041
......
2042
 
2043
The output for each instruction is composed of four fields:
2044
 
2045
   * Address
2046
 
2047
   * Func-name
2048
 
2049
   * Offset
2050
 
2051
   * Instruction
2052
 
2053
   Note that whatever included in the instruction field, is not
2054
manipulated directly by GDB/MI, i.e., it is not possible to adjust its
2055
format.
2056
 
2057
GDB Command
2058
...........
2059
 
2060
There's no direct mapping from this command to the CLI.
2061
 
2062
Example
2063
.......
2064
 
2065
Disassemble from the current value of `$pc' to `$pc + 20':
2066
 
2067
     (gdb)
2068
     -data-disassemble -s $pc -e "$pc + 20" -- 0
2069
     ^done,
2070
     asm_insns=[
2071
     {address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
2072
     inst="mov  2, %o0"},
2073
     {address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
2074
     inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"},
2075
     {address="0x000107c8",func-name="main",offset="12",
2076
     inst="or  %o2, 0x140, %o1\t! 0x11940 <_lib_version+8>"},
2077
     {address="0x000107cc",func-name="main",offset="16",
2078
     inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"},
2079
     {address="0x000107d0",func-name="main",offset="20",
2080
     inst="or  %o2, 0x168, %o4\t! 0x11968 <_lib_version+48>"}]
2081
     (gdb)
2082
 
2083
   Disassemble the whole `main' function.  Line 32 is part of `main'.
2084
 
2085
     -data-disassemble -f basics.c -l 32 -- 0
2086
     ^done,asm_insns=[
2087
     {address="0x000107bc",func-name="main",offset="0",
2088
     inst="save  %sp, -112, %sp"},
2089
     {address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
2090
     inst="mov   2, %o0"},
2091
     {address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
2092
     inst="sethi %hi(0x11800), %o2"},
2093
     [...]
2094
     {address="0x0001081c",func-name="main",offset="96",inst="ret "},
2095
     {address="0x00010820",func-name="main",offset="100",inst="restore "}]
2096
     (gdb)
2097
 
2098
   Disassemble 3 instructions from the start of `main':
2099
 
2100
     (gdb)
2101
     -data-disassemble -f basics.c -l 32 -n 3 -- 0
2102
     ^done,asm_insns=[
2103
     {address="0x000107bc",func-name="main",offset="0",
2104
     inst="save  %sp, -112, %sp"},
2105
     {address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
2106
     inst="mov  2, %o0"},
2107
     {address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
2108
     inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"}]
2109
     (gdb)
2110
 
2111
   Disassemble 3 instructions from the start of `main' in mixed mode:
2112
 
2113
     (gdb)
2114
     -data-disassemble -f basics.c -l 32 -n 3 -- 1
2115
     ^done,asm_insns=[
2116
     src_and_asm_line={line="31",
2117
     file="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb/ \
2118
       testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line_asm_insn=[
2119
     {address="0x000107bc",func-name="main",offset="0",
2120
     inst="save  %sp, -112, %sp"}]},
2121
     src_and_asm_line={line="32",
2122
     file="/kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/flathead-dev/devo/gdb/ \
2123
       testsuite/gdb.mi/basics.c",line_asm_insn=[
2124
     {address="0x000107c0",func-name="main",offset="4",
2125
     inst="mov  2, %o0"},
2126
     {address="0x000107c4",func-name="main",offset="8",
2127
     inst="sethi  %hi(0x11800), %o2"}]}]
2128
     (gdb)
2129
 
2130
The `-data-evaluate-expression' Command
2131
---------------------------------------
2132
 
2133
Synopsis
2134
........
2135
 
2136
      -data-evaluate-expression EXPR
2137
 
2138
   Evaluate EXPR as an expression.  The expression could contain an
2139
inferior function call.  The function call will execute synchronously.
2140
If the expression contains spaces, it must be enclosed in double quotes.
2141
 
2142
GDB Command
2143
...........
2144
 
2145
The corresponding GDB commands are `print', `output', and `call'.  In
2146
`gdbtk' only, there's a corresponding `gdb_eval' command.
2147
 
2148
Example
2149
.......
2150
 
2151
In the following example, the numbers that precede the commands are the
2152
"tokens" described in *Note GDB/MI Command Syntax: GDB/MI Command
2153
Syntax.  Notice how GDB/MI returns the same tokens in its output.
2154
 
2155
     211-data-evaluate-expression A
2156
     211^done,value="1"
2157
     (gdb)
2158
     311-data-evaluate-expression &A
2159
     311^done,value="0xefffeb7c"
2160
     (gdb)
2161
     411-data-evaluate-expression A+3
2162
     411^done,value="4"
2163
     (gdb)
2164
     511-data-evaluate-expression "A + 3"
2165
     511^done,value="4"
2166
     (gdb)
2167
 
2168
The `-data-list-changed-registers' Command
2169
------------------------------------------
2170
 
2171
Synopsis
2172
........
2173
 
2174
      -data-list-changed-registers
2175
 
2176
   Display a list of the registers that have changed.
2177
 
2178
GDB Command
2179
...........
2180
 
2181
GDB doesn't have a direct analog for this command; `gdbtk' has the
2182
corresponding command `gdb_changed_register_list'.
2183
 
2184
Example
2185
.......
2186
 
2187
On a PPC MBX board:
2188
 
2189
     (gdb)
2190
     -exec-continue
2191
     ^running
2192
 
2193
     (gdb)
2194
     *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",frame={func="main",
2195
     args=[],file="try.c",fullname="/home/foo/bar/try.c",line="5"}
2196
     (gdb)
2197
     -data-list-changed-registers
2198
     ^done,changed-registers=["0","1","2","4","5","6","7","8","9",
2199
     "10","11","13","14","15","16","17","18","19","20","21","22","23",
2200
     "24","25","26","27","28","30","31","64","65","66","67","69"]
2201
     (gdb)
2202
 
2203
The `-data-list-register-names' Command
2204
---------------------------------------
2205
 
2206
Synopsis
2207
........
2208
 
2209
      -data-list-register-names [ ( REGNO )+ ]
2210
 
2211
   Show a list of register names for the current target.  If no
2212
arguments are given, it shows a list of the names of all the registers.
2213
If integer numbers are given as arguments, it will print a list of the
2214
names of the registers corresponding to the arguments.  To ensure
2215
consistency between a register name and its number, the output list may
2216
include empty register names.
2217
 
2218
GDB Command
2219
...........
2220
 
2221
GDB does not have a command which corresponds to
2222
`-data-list-register-names'.  In `gdbtk' there is a corresponding
2223
command `gdb_regnames'.
2224
 
2225
Example
2226
.......
2227
 
2228
For the PPC MBX board:
2229
     (gdb)
2230
     -data-list-register-names
2231
     ^done,register-names=["r0","r1","r2","r3","r4","r5","r6","r7",
2232
     "r8","r9","r10","r11","r12","r13","r14","r15","r16","r17","r18",
2233
     "r19","r20","r21","r22","r23","r24","r25","r26","r27","r28","r29",
2234
     "r30","r31","f0","f1","f2","f3","f4","f5","f6","f7","f8","f9",
2235
     "f10","f11","f12","f13","f14","f15","f16","f17","f18","f19","f20",
2236
     "f21","f22","f23","f24","f25","f26","f27","f28","f29","f30","f31",
2237
     "", "pc","ps","cr","lr","ctr","xer"]
2238
     (gdb)
2239
     -data-list-register-names 1 2 3
2240
     ^done,register-names=["r1","r2","r3"]
2241
     (gdb)
2242
 
2243
The `-data-list-register-values' Command
2244
----------------------------------------
2245
 
2246
Synopsis
2247
........
2248
 
2249
      -data-list-register-values FMT [ ( REGNO )*]
2250
 
2251
   Display the registers' contents.  FMT is the format according to
2252
which the registers' contents are to be returned, followed by an
2253
optional list of numbers specifying the registers to display.  A
2254
missing list of numbers indicates that the contents of all the
2255
registers must be returned.
2256
 
2257
   Allowed formats for FMT are:
2258
 
2259
`x'
2260
     Hexadecimal
2261
 
2262
`o'
2263
     Octal
2264
 
2265
`t'
2266
     Binary
2267
 
2268
`d'
2269
     Decimal
2270
 
2271
`r'
2272
     Raw
2273
 
2274
`N'
2275
     Natural
2276
 
2277
GDB Command
2278
...........
2279
 
2280
The corresponding GDB commands are `info reg', `info all-reg', and (in
2281
`gdbtk') `gdb_fetch_registers'.
2282
 
2283
Example
2284
.......
2285
 
2286
For a PPC MBX board (note: line breaks are for readability only, they
2287
don't appear in the actual output):
2288
 
2289
     (gdb)
2290
     -data-list-register-values r 64 65
2291
     ^done,register-values=[{number="64",value="0xfe00a300"},
2292
     {number="65",value="0x00029002"}]
2293
     (gdb)
2294
     -data-list-register-values x
2295
     ^done,register-values=[{number="0",value="0xfe0043c8"},
2296
     {number="1",value="0x3fff88"},{number="2",value="0xfffffffe"},
2297
     {number="3",value="0x0"},{number="4",value="0xa"},
2298
     {number="5",value="0x3fff68"},{number="6",value="0x3fff58"},
2299
     {number="7",value="0xfe011e98"},{number="8",value="0x2"},
2300
     {number="9",value="0xfa202820"},{number="10",value="0xfa202808"},
2301
     {number="11",value="0x1"},{number="12",value="0x0"},
2302
     {number="13",value="0x4544"},{number="14",value="0xffdfffff"},
2303
     {number="15",value="0xffffffff"},{number="16",value="0xfffffeff"},
2304
     {number="17",value="0xefffffed"},{number="18",value="0xfffffffe"},
2305
     {number="19",value="0xffffffff"},{number="20",value="0xffffffff"},
2306
     {number="21",value="0xffffffff"},{number="22",value="0xfffffff7"},
2307
     {number="23",value="0xffffffff"},{number="24",value="0xffffffff"},
2308
     {number="25",value="0xffffffff"},{number="26",value="0xfffffffb"},
2309
     {number="27",value="0xffffffff"},{number="28",value="0xf7bfffff"},
2310
     {number="29",value="0x0"},{number="30",value="0xfe010000"},
2311
     {number="31",value="0x0"},{number="32",value="0x0"},
2312
     {number="33",value="0x0"},{number="34",value="0x0"},
2313
     {number="35",value="0x0"},{number="36",value="0x0"},
2314
     {number="37",value="0x0"},{number="38",value="0x0"},
2315
     {number="39",value="0x0"},{number="40",value="0x0"},
2316
     {number="41",value="0x0"},{number="42",value="0x0"},
2317
     {number="43",value="0x0"},{number="44",value="0x0"},
2318
     {number="45",value="0x0"},{number="46",value="0x0"},
2319
     {number="47",value="0x0"},{number="48",value="0x0"},
2320
     {number="49",value="0x0"},{number="50",value="0x0"},
2321
     {number="51",value="0x0"},{number="52",value="0x0"},
2322
     {number="53",value="0x0"},{number="54",value="0x0"},
2323
     {number="55",value="0x0"},{number="56",value="0x0"},
2324
     {number="57",value="0x0"},{number="58",value="0x0"},
2325
     {number="59",value="0x0"},{number="60",value="0x0"},
2326
     {number="61",value="0x0"},{number="62",value="0x0"},
2327
     {number="63",value="0x0"},{number="64",value="0xfe00a300"},
2328
     {number="65",value="0x29002"},{number="66",value="0x202f04b5"},
2329
     {number="67",value="0xfe0043b0"},{number="68",value="0xfe00b3e4"},
2330
     {number="69",value="0x20002b03"}]
2331
     (gdb)
2332
 
2333
The `-data-read-memory' Command
2334
-------------------------------
2335
 
2336
Synopsis
2337
........
2338
 
2339
      -data-read-memory [ -o BYTE-OFFSET ]
2340
        ADDRESS WORD-FORMAT WORD-SIZE
2341
        NR-ROWS NR-COLS [ ASCHAR ]
2342
 
2343
where:
2344
 
2345
`ADDRESS'
2346
     An expression specifying the address of the first memory word to be
2347
     read.  Complex expressions containing embedded white space should
2348
     be quoted using the C convention.
2349
 
2350
`WORD-FORMAT'
2351
     The format to be used to print the memory words.  The notation is
2352
     the same as for GDB's `print' command (*note Output Formats:
2353
     Output Formats.).
2354
 
2355
`WORD-SIZE'
2356
     The size of each memory word in bytes.
2357
 
2358
`NR-ROWS'
2359
     The number of rows in the output table.
2360
 
2361
`NR-COLS'
2362
     The number of columns in the output table.
2363
 
2364
`ASCHAR'
2365
     If present, indicates that each row should include an ASCII dump.
2366
     The value of ASCHAR is used as a padding character when a byte is
2367
     not a member of the printable ASCII character set (printable ASCII
2368
     characters are those whose code is between 32 and 126,
2369
     inclusively).
2370
 
2371
`BYTE-OFFSET'
2372
     An offset to add to the ADDRESS before fetching memory.
2373
 
2374
   This command displays memory contents as a table of NR-ROWS by
2375
NR-COLS words, each word being WORD-SIZE bytes.  In total, `NR-ROWS *
2376
NR-COLS * WORD-SIZE' bytes are read (returned as `total-bytes').
2377
Should less than the requested number of bytes be returned by the
2378
target, the missing words are identified using `N/A'.  The number of
2379
bytes read from the target is returned in `nr-bytes' and the starting
2380
address used to read memory in `addr'.
2381
 
2382
   The address of the next/previous row or page is available in
2383
`next-row' and `prev-row', `next-page' and `prev-page'.
2384
 
2385
GDB Command
2386
...........
2387
 
2388
The corresponding GDB command is `x'.  `gdbtk' has `gdb_get_mem' memory
2389
read command.
2390
 
2391
Example
2392
.......
2393
 
2394
Read six bytes of memory starting at `bytes+6' but then offset by `-6'
2395
bytes.  Format as three rows of two columns.  One byte per word.
2396
Display each word in hex.
2397
 
2398
     (gdb)
2399
     9-data-read-memory -o -6 -- bytes+6 x 1 3 2
2400
     9^done,addr="0x00001390",nr-bytes="6",total-bytes="6",
2401
     next-row="0x00001396",prev-row="0x0000138e",next-page="0x00001396",
2402
     prev-page="0x0000138a",memory=[
2403
     {addr="0x00001390",data=["0x00","0x01"]},
2404
     {addr="0x00001392",data=["0x02","0x03"]},
2405
     {addr="0x00001394",data=["0x04","0x05"]}]
2406
     (gdb)
2407
 
2408
   Read two bytes of memory starting at address `shorts + 64' and
2409
display as a single word formatted in decimal.
2410
 
2411
     (gdb)
2412
     5-data-read-memory shorts+64 d 2 1 1
2413
     5^done,addr="0x00001510",nr-bytes="2",total-bytes="2",
2414
     next-row="0x00001512",prev-row="0x0000150e",
2415
     next-page="0x00001512",prev-page="0x0000150e",memory=[
2416
     {addr="0x00001510",data=["128"]}]
2417
     (gdb)
2418
 
2419
   Read thirty two bytes of memory starting at `bytes+16' and format as
2420
eight rows of four columns.  Include a string encoding with `x' used as
2421
the non-printable character.
2422
 
2423
     (gdb)
2424
     4-data-read-memory bytes+16 x 1 8 4 x
2425
     4^done,addr="0x000013a0",nr-bytes="32",total-bytes="32",
2426
     next-row="0x000013c0",prev-row="0x0000139c",
2427
     next-page="0x000013c0",prev-page="0x00001380",memory=[
2428
     {addr="0x000013a0",data=["0x10","0x11","0x12","0x13"],ascii="xxxx"},
2429
     {addr="0x000013a4",data=["0x14","0x15","0x16","0x17"],ascii="xxxx"},
2430
     {addr="0x000013a8",data=["0x18","0x19","0x1a","0x1b"],ascii="xxxx"},
2431
     {addr="0x000013ac",data=["0x1c","0x1d","0x1e","0x1f"],ascii="xxxx"},
2432
     {addr="0x000013b0",data=["0x20","0x21","0x22","0x23"],ascii=" !\"#"},
2433
     {addr="0x000013b4",data=["0x24","0x25","0x26","0x27"],ascii="$%&'"},
2434
     {addr="0x000013b8",data=["0x28","0x29","0x2a","0x2b"],ascii="()*+"},
2435
     {addr="0x000013bc",data=["0x2c","0x2d","0x2e","0x2f"],ascii=",-./"}]
2436
     (gdb)
2437
 
2438

2439
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Symbol Query,  Prev: GDB/MI Data Manipulation,  Up: GDB/MI
2440
 
2441
24.14 GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands
2442
================================
2443
 
2444
The tracepoint commands are not yet implemented.
2445
 
2446

2447
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Symbol Query,  Next: GDB/MI File Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Tracepoint Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
2448
 
2449
24.15 GDB/MI Symbol Query Commands
2450
==================================
2451
 
2452
The `-symbol-info-address' Command
2453
----------------------------------
2454
 
2455
Synopsis
2456
........
2457
 
2458
      -symbol-info-address SYMBOL
2459
 
2460
   Describe where SYMBOL is stored.
2461
 
2462
GDB Command
2463
...........
2464
 
2465
The corresponding GDB command is `info address'.
2466
 
2467
Example
2468
.......
2469
 
2470
N.A.
2471
 
2472
The `-symbol-info-file' Command
2473
-------------------------------
2474
 
2475
Synopsis
2476
........
2477
 
2478
      -symbol-info-file
2479
 
2480
   Show the file for the symbol.
2481
 
2482
GDB Command
2483
...........
2484
 
2485
There's no equivalent GDB command.  `gdbtk' has `gdb_find_file'.
2486
 
2487
Example
2488
.......
2489
 
2490
N.A.
2491
 
2492
The `-symbol-info-function' Command
2493
-----------------------------------
2494
 
2495
Synopsis
2496
........
2497
 
2498
      -symbol-info-function
2499
 
2500
   Show which function the symbol lives in.
2501
 
2502
GDB Command
2503
...........
2504
 
2505
`gdb_get_function' in `gdbtk'.
2506
 
2507
Example
2508
.......
2509
 
2510
N.A.
2511
 
2512
The `-symbol-info-line' Command
2513
-------------------------------
2514
 
2515
Synopsis
2516
........
2517
 
2518
      -symbol-info-line
2519
 
2520
   Show the core addresses of the code for a source line.
2521
 
2522
GDB Command
2523
...........
2524
 
2525
The corresponding GDB command is `info line'.  `gdbtk' has the
2526
`gdb_get_line' and `gdb_get_file' commands.
2527
 
2528
Example
2529
.......
2530
 
2531
N.A.
2532
 
2533
The `-symbol-info-symbol' Command
2534
---------------------------------
2535
 
2536
Synopsis
2537
........
2538
 
2539
      -symbol-info-symbol ADDR
2540
 
2541
   Describe what symbol is at location ADDR.
2542
 
2543
GDB Command
2544
...........
2545
 
2546
The corresponding GDB command is `info symbol'.
2547
 
2548
Example
2549
.......
2550
 
2551
N.A.
2552
 
2553
The `-symbol-list-functions' Command
2554
------------------------------------
2555
 
2556
Synopsis
2557
........
2558
 
2559
      -symbol-list-functions
2560
 
2561
   List the functions in the executable.
2562
 
2563
GDB Command
2564
...........
2565
 
2566
`info functions' in GDB, `gdb_listfunc' and `gdb_search' in `gdbtk'.
2567
 
2568
Example
2569
.......
2570
 
2571
N.A.
2572
 
2573
The `-symbol-list-lines' Command
2574
--------------------------------
2575
 
2576
Synopsis
2577
........
2578
 
2579
      -symbol-list-lines FILENAME
2580
 
2581
   Print the list of lines that contain code and their associated
2582
program addresses for the given source filename.  The entries are
2583
sorted in ascending PC order.
2584
 
2585
GDB Command
2586
...........
2587
 
2588
There is no corresponding GDB command.
2589
 
2590
Example
2591
.......
2592
 
2593
     (gdb)
2594
     -symbol-list-lines basics.c
2595
     ^done,lines=[{pc="0x08048554",line="7"},{pc="0x0804855a",line="8"}]
2596
     (gdb)
2597
 
2598
The `-symbol-list-types' Command
2599
--------------------------------
2600
 
2601
Synopsis
2602
........
2603
 
2604
      -symbol-list-types
2605
 
2606
   List all the type names.
2607
 
2608
GDB Command
2609
...........
2610
 
2611
The corresponding commands are `info types' in GDB, `gdb_search' in
2612
`gdbtk'.
2613
 
2614
Example
2615
.......
2616
 
2617
N.A.
2618
 
2619
The `-symbol-list-variables' Command
2620
------------------------------------
2621
 
2622
Synopsis
2623
........
2624
 
2625
      -symbol-list-variables
2626
 
2627
   List all the global and static variable names.
2628
 
2629
GDB Command
2630
...........
2631
 
2632
`info variables' in GDB, `gdb_search' in `gdbtk'.
2633
 
2634
Example
2635
.......
2636
 
2637
N.A.
2638
 
2639
The `-symbol-locate' Command
2640
----------------------------
2641
 
2642
Synopsis
2643
........
2644
 
2645
      -symbol-locate
2646
 
2647
GDB Command
2648
...........
2649
 
2650
`gdb_loc' in `gdbtk'.
2651
 
2652
Example
2653
.......
2654
 
2655
N.A.
2656
 
2657
The `-symbol-type' Command
2658
--------------------------
2659
 
2660
Synopsis
2661
........
2662
 
2663
      -symbol-type VARIABLE
2664
 
2665
   Show type of VARIABLE.
2666
 
2667
GDB Command
2668
...........
2669
 
2670
The corresponding GDB command is `ptype', `gdbtk' has
2671
`gdb_obj_variable'.
2672
 
2673
Example
2674
.......
2675
 
2676
N.A.
2677
 
2678

2679
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI File Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Target Manipulation,  Prev: GDB/MI Symbol Query,  Up: GDB/MI
2680
 
2681
24.16 GDB/MI File Commands
2682
==========================
2683
 
2684
This section describes the GDB/MI commands to specify executable file
2685
names and to read in and obtain symbol table information.
2686
 
2687
The `-file-exec-and-symbols' Command
2688
------------------------------------
2689
 
2690
Synopsis
2691
........
2692
 
2693
      -file-exec-and-symbols FILE
2694
 
2695
   Specify the executable file to be debugged.  This file is the one
2696
from which the symbol table is also read.  If no file is specified, the
2697
command clears the executable and symbol information.  If breakpoints
2698
are set when using this command with no arguments, GDB will produce
2699
error messages.  Otherwise, no output is produced, except a completion
2700
notification.
2701
 
2702
GDB Command
2703
...........
2704
 
2705
The corresponding GDB command is `file'.
2706
 
2707
Example
2708
.......
2709
 
2710
     (gdb)
2711
     -file-exec-and-symbols /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/TRUNK/mbx/hello.mbx
2712
     ^done
2713
     (gdb)
2714
 
2715
The `-file-exec-file' Command
2716
-----------------------------
2717
 
2718
Synopsis
2719
........
2720
 
2721
      -file-exec-file FILE
2722
 
2723
   Specify the executable file to be debugged.  Unlike
2724
`-file-exec-and-symbols', the symbol table is _not_ read from this
2725
file.  If used without argument, GDB clears the information about the
2726
executable file.  No output is produced, except a completion
2727
notification.
2728
 
2729
GDB Command
2730
...........
2731
 
2732
The corresponding GDB command is `exec-file'.
2733
 
2734
Example
2735
.......
2736
 
2737
     (gdb)
2738
     -file-exec-file /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/TRUNK/mbx/hello.mbx
2739
     ^done
2740
     (gdb)
2741
 
2742
The `-file-list-exec-sections' Command
2743
--------------------------------------
2744
 
2745
Synopsis
2746
........
2747
 
2748
      -file-list-exec-sections
2749
 
2750
   List the sections of the current executable file.
2751
 
2752
GDB Command
2753
...........
2754
 
2755
The GDB command `info file' shows, among the rest, the same information
2756
as this command.  `gdbtk' has a corresponding command `gdb_load_info'.
2757
 
2758
Example
2759
.......
2760
 
2761
N.A.
2762
 
2763
The `-file-list-exec-source-file' Command
2764
-----------------------------------------
2765
 
2766
Synopsis
2767
........
2768
 
2769
      -file-list-exec-source-file
2770
 
2771
   List the line number, the current source file, and the absolute path
2772
to the current source file for the current executable.  The macro
2773
information field has a value of `1' or `0' depending on whether or not
2774
the file includes preprocessor macro information.
2775
 
2776
GDB Command
2777
...........
2778
 
2779
The GDB equivalent is `info source'
2780
 
2781
Example
2782
.......
2783
 
2784
     (gdb)
2785
     123-file-list-exec-source-file
2786
     123^done,line="1",file="foo.c",fullname="/home/bar/foo.c,macro-info="1"
2787
     (gdb)
2788
 
2789
The `-file-list-exec-source-files' Command
2790
------------------------------------------
2791
 
2792
Synopsis
2793
........
2794
 
2795
      -file-list-exec-source-files
2796
 
2797
   List the source files for the current executable.
2798
 
2799
   It will always output the filename, but only when GDB can find the
2800
absolute file name of a source file, will it output the fullname.
2801
 
2802
GDB Command
2803
...........
2804
 
2805
The GDB equivalent is `info sources'.  `gdbtk' has an analogous command
2806
`gdb_listfiles'.
2807
 
2808
Example
2809
.......
2810
 
2811
     (gdb)
2812
     -file-list-exec-source-files
2813
     ^done,files=[
2814
     {file=foo.c,fullname=/home/foo.c},
2815
     {file=/home/bar.c,fullname=/home/bar.c},
2816
     {file=gdb_could_not_find_fullpath.c}]
2817
     (gdb)
2818
 
2819
The `-file-list-shared-libraries' Command
2820
-----------------------------------------
2821
 
2822
Synopsis
2823
........
2824
 
2825
      -file-list-shared-libraries
2826
 
2827
   List the shared libraries in the program.
2828
 
2829
GDB Command
2830
...........
2831
 
2832
The corresponding GDB command is `info shared'.
2833
 
2834
Example
2835
.......
2836
 
2837
N.A.
2838
 
2839
The `-file-list-symbol-files' Command
2840
-------------------------------------
2841
 
2842
Synopsis
2843
........
2844
 
2845
      -file-list-symbol-files
2846
 
2847
   List symbol files.
2848
 
2849
GDB Command
2850
...........
2851
 
2852
The corresponding GDB command is `info file' (part of it).
2853
 
2854
Example
2855
.......
2856
 
2857
N.A.
2858
 
2859
The `-file-symbol-file' Command
2860
-------------------------------
2861
 
2862
Synopsis
2863
........
2864
 
2865
      -file-symbol-file FILE
2866
 
2867
   Read symbol table info from the specified FILE argument.  When used
2868
without arguments, clears GDB's symbol table info.  No output is
2869
produced, except for a completion notification.
2870
 
2871
GDB Command
2872
...........
2873
 
2874
The corresponding GDB command is `symbol-file'.
2875
 
2876
Example
2877
.......
2878
 
2879
     (gdb)
2880
     -file-symbol-file /kwikemart/marge/ezannoni/TRUNK/mbx/hello.mbx
2881
     ^done
2882
     (gdb)
2883
 
2884

2885
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Target Manipulation,  Next: GDB/MI File Transfer Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI File Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
2886
 
2887
24.17 GDB/MI Target Manipulation Commands
2888
=========================================
2889
 
2890
The `-target-attach' Command
2891
----------------------------
2892
 
2893
Synopsis
2894
........
2895
 
2896
      -target-attach PID | FILE
2897
 
2898
   Attach to a process PID or a file FILE outside of GDB.
2899
 
2900
GDB Command
2901
...........
2902
 
2903
The corresponding GDB command is `attach'.
2904
 
2905
Example
2906
.......
2907
 
2908
N.A.
2909
 
2910
The `-target-compare-sections' Command
2911
--------------------------------------
2912
 
2913
Synopsis
2914
........
2915
 
2916
      -target-compare-sections [ SECTION ]
2917
 
2918
   Compare data of section SECTION on target to the exec file.  Without
2919
the argument, all sections are compared.
2920
 
2921
GDB Command
2922
...........
2923
 
2924
The GDB equivalent is `compare-sections'.
2925
 
2926
Example
2927
.......
2928
 
2929
N.A.
2930
 
2931
The `-target-detach' Command
2932
----------------------------
2933
 
2934
Synopsis
2935
........
2936
 
2937
      -target-detach
2938
 
2939
   Detach from the remote target which normally resumes its execution.
2940
There's no output.
2941
 
2942
GDB Command
2943
...........
2944
 
2945
The corresponding GDB command is `detach'.
2946
 
2947
Example
2948
.......
2949
 
2950
     (gdb)
2951
     -target-detach
2952
     ^done
2953
     (gdb)
2954
 
2955
The `-target-disconnect' Command
2956
--------------------------------
2957
 
2958
Synopsis
2959
........
2960
 
2961
      -target-disconnect
2962
 
2963
   Disconnect from the remote target.  There's no output and the target
2964
is generally not resumed.
2965
 
2966
GDB Command
2967
...........
2968
 
2969
The corresponding GDB command is `disconnect'.
2970
 
2971
Example
2972
.......
2973
 
2974
     (gdb)
2975
     -target-disconnect
2976
     ^done
2977
     (gdb)
2978
 
2979
The `-target-download' Command
2980
------------------------------
2981
 
2982
Synopsis
2983
........
2984
 
2985
      -target-download
2986
 
2987
   Loads the executable onto the remote target.  It prints out an
2988
update message every half second, which includes the fields:
2989
 
2990
`section'
2991
     The name of the section.
2992
 
2993
`section-sent'
2994
     The size of what has been sent so far for that section.
2995
 
2996
`section-size'
2997
     The size of the section.
2998
 
2999
`total-sent'
3000
     The total size of what was sent so far (the current and the
3001
     previous sections).
3002
 
3003
`total-size'
3004
     The size of the overall executable to download.
3005
 
3006
Each message is sent as status record (*note GDB/MI Output Syntax:
3007
GDB/MI Output Syntax.).
3008
 
3009
   In addition, it prints the name and size of the sections, as they are
3010
downloaded.  These messages include the following fields:
3011
 
3012
`section'
3013
     The name of the section.
3014
 
3015
`section-size'
3016
     The size of the section.
3017
 
3018
`total-size'
3019
     The size of the overall executable to download.
3020
 
3021
At the end, a summary is printed.
3022
 
3023
GDB Command
3024
...........
3025
 
3026
The corresponding GDB command is `load'.
3027
 
3028
Example
3029
.......
3030
 
3031
Note: each status message appears on a single line.  Here the messages
3032
have been broken down so that they can fit onto a page.
3033
 
3034
     (gdb)
3035
     -target-download
3036
     +download,{section=".text",section-size="6668",total-size="9880"}
3037
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="512",section-size="6668",
3038
     total-sent="512",total-size="9880"}
3039
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="1024",section-size="6668",
3040
     total-sent="1024",total-size="9880"}
3041
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="1536",section-size="6668",
3042
     total-sent="1536",total-size="9880"}
3043
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="2048",section-size="6668",
3044
     total-sent="2048",total-size="9880"}
3045
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="2560",section-size="6668",
3046
     total-sent="2560",total-size="9880"}
3047
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="3072",section-size="6668",
3048
     total-sent="3072",total-size="9880"}
3049
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="3584",section-size="6668",
3050
     total-sent="3584",total-size="9880"}
3051
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="4096",section-size="6668",
3052
     total-sent="4096",total-size="9880"}
3053
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="4608",section-size="6668",
3054
     total-sent="4608",total-size="9880"}
3055
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="5120",section-size="6668",
3056
     total-sent="5120",total-size="9880"}
3057
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="5632",section-size="6668",
3058
     total-sent="5632",total-size="9880"}
3059
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="6144",section-size="6668",
3060
     total-sent="6144",total-size="9880"}
3061
     +download,{section=".text",section-sent="6656",section-size="6668",
3062
     total-sent="6656",total-size="9880"}
3063
     +download,{section=".init",section-size="28",total-size="9880"}
3064
     +download,{section=".fini",section-size="28",total-size="9880"}
3065
     +download,{section=".data",section-size="3156",total-size="9880"}
3066
     +download,{section=".data",section-sent="512",section-size="3156",
3067
     total-sent="7236",total-size="9880"}
3068
     +download,{section=".data",section-sent="1024",section-size="3156",
3069
     total-sent="7748",total-size="9880"}
3070
     +download,{section=".data",section-sent="1536",section-size="3156",
3071
     total-sent="8260",total-size="9880"}
3072
     +download,{section=".data",section-sent="2048",section-size="3156",
3073
     total-sent="8772",total-size="9880"}
3074
     +download,{section=".data",section-sent="2560",section-size="3156",
3075
     total-sent="9284",total-size="9880"}
3076
     +download,{section=".data",section-sent="3072",section-size="3156",
3077
     total-sent="9796",total-size="9880"}
3078
     ^done,address="0x10004",load-size="9880",transfer-rate="6586",
3079
     write-rate="429"
3080
     (gdb)
3081
 
3082
The `-target-exec-status' Command
3083
---------------------------------
3084
 
3085
Synopsis
3086
........
3087
 
3088
      -target-exec-status
3089
 
3090
   Provide information on the state of the target (whether it is
3091
running or not, for instance).
3092
 
3093
GDB Command
3094
...........
3095
 
3096
There's no equivalent GDB command.
3097
 
3098
Example
3099
.......
3100
 
3101
N.A.
3102
 
3103
The `-target-list-available-targets' Command
3104
--------------------------------------------
3105
 
3106
Synopsis
3107
........
3108
 
3109
      -target-list-available-targets
3110
 
3111
   List the possible targets to connect to.
3112
 
3113
GDB Command
3114
...........
3115
 
3116
The corresponding GDB command is `help target'.
3117
 
3118
Example
3119
.......
3120
 
3121
N.A.
3122
 
3123
The `-target-list-current-targets' Command
3124
------------------------------------------
3125
 
3126
Synopsis
3127
........
3128
 
3129
      -target-list-current-targets
3130
 
3131
   Describe the current target.
3132
 
3133
GDB Command
3134
...........
3135
 
3136
The corresponding information is printed by `info file' (among other
3137
things).
3138
 
3139
Example
3140
.......
3141
 
3142
N.A.
3143
 
3144
The `-target-list-parameters' Command
3145
-------------------------------------
3146
 
3147
Synopsis
3148
........
3149
 
3150
      -target-list-parameters
3151
 
3152
GDB Command
3153
...........
3154
 
3155
No equivalent.
3156
 
3157
Example
3158
.......
3159
 
3160
N.A.
3161
 
3162
The `-target-select' Command
3163
----------------------------
3164
 
3165
Synopsis
3166
........
3167
 
3168
      -target-select TYPE PARAMETERS ...
3169
 
3170
   Connect GDB to the remote target.  This command takes two args:
3171
 
3172
`TYPE'
3173
     The type of target, for instance `async', `remote', etc.
3174
 
3175
`PARAMETERS'
3176
     Device names, host names and the like.  *Note Commands for
3177
     Managing Targets: Target Commands, for more details.
3178
 
3179
   The output is a connection notification, followed by the address at
3180
which the target program is, in the following form:
3181
 
3182
     ^connected,addr="ADDRESS",func="FUNCTION NAME",
3183
       args=[ARG LIST]
3184
 
3185
GDB Command
3186
...........
3187
 
3188
The corresponding GDB command is `target'.
3189
 
3190
Example
3191
.......
3192
 
3193
     (gdb)
3194
     -target-select async /dev/ttya
3195
     ^connected,addr="0xfe00a300",func="??",args=[]
3196
     (gdb)
3197
 
3198

3199
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI File Transfer Commands,  Next: GDB/MI Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI Target Manipulation,  Up: GDB/MI
3200
 
3201
24.18 GDB/MI File Transfer Commands
3202
===================================
3203
 
3204
The `-target-file-put' Command
3205
------------------------------
3206
 
3207
Synopsis
3208
........
3209
 
3210
      -target-file-put HOSTFILE TARGETFILE
3211
 
3212
   Copy file HOSTFILE from the host system (the machine running GDB) to
3213
TARGETFILE on the target system.
3214
 
3215
GDB Command
3216
...........
3217
 
3218
The corresponding GDB command is `remote put'.
3219
 
3220
Example
3221
.......
3222
 
3223
     (gdb)
3224
     -target-file-put localfile remotefile
3225
     ^done
3226
     (gdb)
3227
 
3228
The `-target-file-put' Command
3229
------------------------------
3230
 
3231
Synopsis
3232
........
3233
 
3234
      -target-file-get TARGETFILE HOSTFILE
3235
 
3236
   Copy file TARGETFILE from the target system to HOSTFILE on the host
3237
system.
3238
 
3239
GDB Command
3240
...........
3241
 
3242
The corresponding GDB command is `remote get'.
3243
 
3244
Example
3245
.......
3246
 
3247
     (gdb)
3248
     -target-file-get remotefile localfile
3249
     ^done
3250
     (gdb)
3251
 
3252
The `-target-file-delete' Command
3253
---------------------------------
3254
 
3255
Synopsis
3256
........
3257
 
3258
      -target-file-delete TARGETFILE
3259
 
3260
   Delete TARGETFILE from the target system.
3261
 
3262
GDB Command
3263
...........
3264
 
3265
The corresponding GDB command is `remote delete'.
3266
 
3267
Example
3268
.......
3269
 
3270
     (gdb)
3271
     -target-file-delete remotefile
3272
     ^done
3273
     (gdb)
3274
 
3275

3276
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB/MI Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: GDB/MI File Transfer Commands,  Up: GDB/MI
3277
 
3278
24.19 Miscellaneous GDB/MI Commands
3279
===================================
3280
 
3281
The `-gdb-exit' Command
3282
-----------------------
3283
 
3284
Synopsis
3285
........
3286
 
3287
      -gdb-exit
3288
 
3289
   Exit GDB immediately.
3290
 
3291
GDB Command
3292
...........
3293
 
3294
Approximately corresponds to `quit'.
3295
 
3296
Example
3297
.......
3298
 
3299
     (gdb)
3300
     -gdb-exit
3301
     ^exit
3302
 
3303
The `-exec-abort' Command
3304
-------------------------
3305
 
3306
Synopsis
3307
........
3308
 
3309
      -exec-abort
3310
 
3311
   Kill the inferior running program.
3312
 
3313
GDB Command
3314
...........
3315
 
3316
The corresponding GDB command is `kill'.
3317
 
3318
Example
3319
.......
3320
 
3321
N.A.
3322
 
3323
The `-gdb-set' Command
3324
----------------------
3325
 
3326
Synopsis
3327
........
3328
 
3329
      -gdb-set
3330
 
3331
   Set an internal GDB variable.
3332
 
3333
GDB Command
3334
...........
3335
 
3336
The corresponding GDB command is `set'.
3337
 
3338
Example
3339
.......
3340
 
3341
     (gdb)
3342
     -gdb-set $foo=3
3343
     ^done
3344
     (gdb)
3345
 
3346
The `-gdb-show' Command
3347
-----------------------
3348
 
3349
Synopsis
3350
........
3351
 
3352
      -gdb-show
3353
 
3354
   Show the current value of a GDB variable.
3355
 
3356
GDB Command
3357
...........
3358
 
3359
The corresponding GDB command is `show'.
3360
 
3361
Example
3362
.......
3363
 
3364
     (gdb)
3365
     -gdb-show annotate
3366
     ^done,value="0"
3367
     (gdb)
3368
 
3369
The `-gdb-version' Command
3370
--------------------------
3371
 
3372
Synopsis
3373
........
3374
 
3375
      -gdb-version
3376
 
3377
   Show version information for GDB.  Used mostly in testing.
3378
 
3379
GDB Command
3380
...........
3381
 
3382
The GDB equivalent is `show version'.  GDB by default shows this
3383
information when you start an interactive session.
3384
 
3385
Example
3386
.......
3387
 
3388
     (gdb)
3389
     -gdb-version
3390
     ~GNU gdb 5.2.1
3391
     ~Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3392
     ~GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License, and
3393
     ~you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it under
3394
     ~ certain conditions.
3395
     ~Type "show copying" to see the conditions.
3396
     ~There is absolutely no warranty for GDB.  Type "show warranty" for
3397
     ~ details.
3398
     ~This GDB was configured as
3399
      "--host=sparc-sun-solaris2.5.1 --target=ppc-eabi".
3400
     ^done
3401
     (gdb)
3402
 
3403
The `-list-features' Command
3404
----------------------------
3405
 
3406
Returns a list of particular features of the MI protocol that this
3407
version of gdb implements.  A feature can be a command, or a new field
3408
in an output of some command, or even an important bugfix.  While a
3409
frontend can sometimes detect presence of a feature at runtime, it is
3410
easier to perform detection at debugger startup.
3411
 
3412
   The command returns a list of strings, with each string naming an
3413
available feature.  Each returned string is just a name, it does not
3414
have any internal structure.  The list of possible feature names is
3415
given below.
3416
 
3417
   Example output:
3418
 
3419
     (gdb) -list-features
3420
     ^done,result=["feature1","feature2"]
3421
 
3422
   The current list of features is:
3423
 
3424
   - `frozen-varobjs'--indicates presence of the `-var-set-frozen'
3425
     command, as well as possible presense of the `frozen' field in the
3426
     output of `-varobj-create'.
3427
 
3428
   - `pending-breakpoints'--indicates presence of the `-f' option to
3429
     the `-break-insert' command.
3430
 
3431
 
3432
The `-interpreter-exec' Command
3433
-------------------------------
3434
 
3435
Synopsis
3436
--------
3437
 
3438
     -interpreter-exec INTERPRETER COMMAND
3439
 
3440
   Execute the specified COMMAND in the given INTERPRETER.
3441
 
3442
GDB Command
3443
-----------
3444
 
3445
The corresponding GDB command is `interpreter-exec'.
3446
 
3447
Example
3448
-------
3449
 
3450
     (gdb)
3451
     -interpreter-exec console "break main"
3452
     &"During symbol reading, couldn't parse type; debugger out of date?.\n"
3453
     &"During symbol reading, bad structure-type format.\n"
3454
     ~"Breakpoint 1 at 0x8074fc6: file ../../src/gdb/main.c, line 743.\n"
3455
     ^done
3456
     (gdb)
3457
 
3458
The `-inferior-tty-set' Command
3459
-------------------------------
3460
 
3461
Synopsis
3462
--------
3463
 
3464
     -inferior-tty-set /dev/pts/1
3465
 
3466
   Set terminal for future runs of the program being debugged.
3467
 
3468
GDB Command
3469
-----------
3470
 
3471
The corresponding GDB command is `set inferior-tty' /dev/pts/1.
3472
 
3473
Example
3474
-------
3475
 
3476
     (gdb)
3477
     -inferior-tty-set /dev/pts/1
3478
     ^done
3479
     (gdb)
3480
 
3481
The `-inferior-tty-show' Command
3482
--------------------------------
3483
 
3484
Synopsis
3485
--------
3486
 
3487
     -inferior-tty-show
3488
 
3489
   Show terminal for future runs of program being debugged.
3490
 
3491
GDB Command
3492
-----------
3493
 
3494
The corresponding GDB command is `show inferior-tty'.
3495
 
3496
Example
3497
-------
3498
 
3499
     (gdb)
3500
     -inferior-tty-set /dev/pts/1
3501
     ^done
3502
     (gdb)
3503
     -inferior-tty-show
3504
     ^done,inferior_tty_terminal="/dev/pts/1"
3505
     (gdb)
3506
 
3507
The `-enable-timings' Command
3508
-----------------------------
3509
 
3510
Synopsis
3511
--------
3512
 
3513
     -enable-timings [yes | no]
3514
 
3515
   Toggle the printing of the wallclock, user and system times for an MI
3516
command as a field in its output.  This command is to help frontend
3517
developers optimize the performance of their code.  No argument is
3518
equivalent to `yes'.
3519
 
3520
GDB Command
3521
-----------
3522
 
3523
No equivalent.
3524
 
3525
Example
3526
-------
3527
 
3528
     (gdb)
3529
     -enable-timings
3530
     ^done
3531
     (gdb)
3532
     -break-insert main
3533
     ^done,bkpt={number="1",type="breakpoint",disp="keep",enabled="y",
3534
     addr="0x080484ed",func="main",file="myprog.c",
3535
     fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="73",times="0"},
3536
     time={wallclock="0.05185",user="0.00800",system="0.00000"}
3537
     (gdb)
3538
     -enable-timings no
3539
     ^done
3540
     (gdb)
3541
     -exec-run
3542
     ^running
3543
     (gdb)
3544
     *stopped,reason="breakpoint-hit",bkptno="1",thread-id="0",
3545
     frame={addr="0x080484ed",func="main",args=[{name="argc",value="1"},
3546
     {name="argv",value="0xbfb60364"}],file="myprog.c",
3547
     fullname="/home/nickrob/myprog.c",line="73"}
3548
     (gdb)
3549
 
3550

3551
File: gdb.info,  Node: Annotations,  Next: GDB Bugs,  Prev: GDB/MI,  Up: Top
3552
 
3553
25 GDB Annotations
3554
******************
3555
 
3556
This chapter describes annotations in GDB.  Annotations were designed
3557
to interface GDB to graphical user interfaces or other similar programs
3558
which want to interact with GDB at a relatively high level.
3559
 
3560
   The annotation mechanism has largely been superseded by GDB/MI
3561
(*note GDB/MI::).
3562
 
3563
* Menu:
3564
 
3565
* Annotations Overview::  What annotations are; the general syntax.
3566
* Server Prefix::       Issuing a command without affecting user state.
3567
* Prompting::           Annotations marking GDB's need for input.
3568
* Errors::              Annotations for error messages.
3569
* Invalidation::        Some annotations describe things now invalid.
3570
* Annotations for Running::
3571
                        Whether the program is running, how it stopped, etc.
3572
* Source Annotations::  Annotations describing source code.
3573
 
3574

3575
File: gdb.info,  Node: Annotations Overview,  Next: Server Prefix,  Up: Annotations
3576
 
3577
25.1 What is an Annotation?
3578
===========================
3579
 
3580
Annotations start with a newline character, two `control-z' characters,
3581
and the name of the annotation.  If there is no additional information
3582
associated with this annotation, the name of the annotation is followed
3583
immediately by a newline.  If there is additional information, the name
3584
of the annotation is followed by a space, the additional information,
3585
and a newline.  The additional information cannot contain newline
3586
characters.
3587
 
3588
   Any output not beginning with a newline and two `control-z'
3589
characters denotes literal output from GDB.  Currently there is no need
3590
for GDB to output a newline followed by two `control-z' characters, but
3591
if there was such a need, the annotations could be extended with an
3592
`escape' annotation which means those three characters as output.
3593
 
3594
   The annotation LEVEL, which is specified using the `--annotate'
3595
command line option (*note Mode Options::), controls how much
3596
information GDB prints together with its prompt, values of expressions,
3597
source lines, and other types of output.  Level 0 is for no
3598
annotations, level 1 is for use when GDB is run as a subprocess of GNU
3599
Emacs, level 3 is the maximum annotation suitable for programs that
3600
control GDB, and level 2 annotations have been made obsolete (*note
3601
Limitations of the Annotation Interface: (annotate)Limitations.).
3602
 
3603
`set annotate LEVEL'
3604
     The GDB command `set annotate' sets the level of annotations to
3605
     the specified LEVEL.
3606
 
3607
`show annotate'
3608
     Show the current annotation level.
3609
 
3610
   This chapter describes level 3 annotations.
3611
 
3612
   A simple example of starting up GDB with annotations is:
3613
 
3614
     $ gdb --annotate=3
3615
     GNU gdb 6.0
3616
     Copyright 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3617
     GDB is free software, covered by the GNU General Public License,
3618
     and you are welcome to change it and/or distribute copies of it
3619
     under certain conditions.
3620
     Type "show copying" to see the conditions.
3621
     There is absolutely no warranty for GDB.  Type "show warranty"
3622
     for details.
3623
     This GDB was configured as "i386-pc-linux-gnu"
3624
 
3625
     ^Z^Zpre-prompt
3626
     (gdb)
3627
     ^Z^Zprompt
3628
     quit
3629
 
3630
     ^Z^Zpost-prompt
3631
     $
3632
 
3633
   Here `quit' is input to GDB; the rest is output from GDB.  The three
3634
lines beginning `^Z^Z' (where `^Z' denotes a `control-z' character) are
3635
annotations; the rest is output from GDB.
3636
 
3637

3638
File: gdb.info,  Node: Server Prefix,  Next: Prompting,  Prev: Annotations Overview,  Up: Annotations
3639
 
3640
25.2 The Server Prefix
3641
======================
3642
 
3643
If you prefix a command with `server ' then it will not affect the
3644
command history, nor will it affect GDB's notion of which command to
3645
repeat if  is pressed on a line by itself.  This means that
3646
commands can be run behind a user's back by a front-end in a
3647
transparent manner.
3648
 
3649
   The server prefix does not affect the recording of values into the
3650
value history; to print a value without recording it into the value
3651
history, use the `output' command instead of the `print' command.
3652
 
3653

3654
File: gdb.info,  Node: Prompting,  Next: Errors,  Prev: Server Prefix,  Up: Annotations
3655
 
3656
25.3 Annotation for GDB Input
3657
=============================
3658
 
3659
When GDB prompts for input, it annotates this fact so it is possible to
3660
know when to send output, when the output from a given command is over,
3661
etc.
3662
 
3663
   Different kinds of input each have a different "input type".  Each
3664
input type has three annotations: a `pre-' annotation, which denotes
3665
the beginning of any prompt which is being output, a plain annotation,
3666
which denotes the end of the prompt, and then a `post-' annotation
3667
which denotes the end of any echo which may (or may not) be associated
3668
with the input.  For example, the `prompt' input type features the
3669
following annotations:
3670
 
3671
     ^Z^Zpre-prompt
3672
     ^Z^Zprompt
3673
     ^Z^Zpost-prompt
3674
 
3675
   The input types are
3676
 
3677
`prompt'
3678
     When GDB is prompting for a command (the main GDB prompt).
3679
 
3680
`commands'
3681
     When GDB prompts for a set of commands, like in the `commands'
3682
     command.  The annotations are repeated for each command which is
3683
     input.
3684
 
3685
`overload-choice'
3686
     When GDB wants the user to select between various overloaded
3687
     functions.
3688
 
3689
`query'
3690
     When GDB wants the user to confirm a potentially dangerous
3691
     operation.
3692
 
3693
`prompt-for-continue'
3694
     When GDB is asking the user to press return to continue.  Note:
3695
     Don't expect this to work well; instead use `set height 0' to
3696
     disable prompting.  This is because the counting of lines is buggy
3697
     in the presence of annotations.
3698
 
3699

3700
File: gdb.info,  Node: Errors,  Next: Invalidation,  Prev: Prompting,  Up: Annotations
3701
 
3702
25.4 Errors
3703
===========
3704
 
3705
     ^Z^Zquit
3706
 
3707
   This annotation occurs right before GDB responds to an interrupt.
3708
 
3709
     ^Z^Zerror
3710
 
3711
   This annotation occurs right before GDB responds to an error.
3712
 
3713
   Quit and error annotations indicate that any annotations which GDB
3714
was in the middle of may end abruptly.  For example, if a
3715
`value-history-begin' annotation is followed by a `error', one cannot
3716
expect to receive the matching `value-history-end'.  One cannot expect
3717
not to receive it either, however; an error annotation does not
3718
necessarily mean that GDB is immediately returning all the way to the
3719
top level.
3720
 
3721
   A quit or error annotation may be preceded by
3722
 
3723
     ^Z^Zerror-begin
3724
 
3725
   Any output between that and the quit or error annotation is the error
3726
message.
3727
 
3728
   Warning messages are not yet annotated.
3729
 
3730

3731
File: gdb.info,  Node: Invalidation,  Next: Annotations for Running,  Prev: Errors,  Up: Annotations
3732
 
3733
25.5 Invalidation Notices
3734
=========================
3735
 
3736
The following annotations say that certain pieces of state may have
3737
changed.
3738
 
3739
`^Z^Zframes-invalid'
3740
     The frames (for example, output from the `backtrace' command) may
3741
     have changed.
3742
 
3743
`^Z^Zbreakpoints-invalid'
3744
     The breakpoints may have changed.  For example, the user just
3745
     added or deleted a breakpoint.
3746
 
3747

3748
File: gdb.info,  Node: Annotations for Running,  Next: Source Annotations,  Prev: Invalidation,  Up: Annotations
3749
 
3750
25.6 Running the Program
3751
========================
3752
 
3753
When the program starts executing due to a GDB command such as `step'
3754
or `continue',
3755
 
3756
     ^Z^Zstarting
3757
 
3758
   is output.  When the program stops,
3759
 
3760
     ^Z^Zstopped
3761
 
3762
   is output.  Before the `stopped' annotation, a variety of
3763
annotations describe how the program stopped.
3764
 
3765
`^Z^Zexited EXIT-STATUS'
3766
     The program exited, and EXIT-STATUS is the exit status (zero for
3767
     successful exit, otherwise nonzero).
3768
 
3769
`^Z^Zsignalled'
3770
     The program exited with a signal.  After the `^Z^Zsignalled', the
3771
     annotation continues:
3772
 
3773
          INTRO-TEXT
3774
          ^Z^Zsignal-name
3775
          NAME
3776
          ^Z^Zsignal-name-end
3777
          MIDDLE-TEXT
3778
          ^Z^Zsignal-string
3779
          STRING
3780
          ^Z^Zsignal-string-end
3781
          END-TEXT
3782
 
3783
     where NAME is the name of the signal, such as `SIGILL' or
3784
     `SIGSEGV', and STRING is the explanation of the signal, such as
3785
     `Illegal Instruction' or `Segmentation fault'.  INTRO-TEXT,
3786
     MIDDLE-TEXT, and END-TEXT are for the user's benefit and have no
3787
     particular format.
3788
 
3789
`^Z^Zsignal'
3790
     The syntax of this annotation is just like `signalled', but GDB is
3791
     just saying that the program received the signal, not that it was
3792
     terminated with it.
3793
 
3794
`^Z^Zbreakpoint NUMBER'
3795
     The program hit breakpoint number NUMBER.
3796
 
3797
`^Z^Zwatchpoint NUMBER'
3798
     The program hit watchpoint number NUMBER.
3799
 
3800

3801
File: gdb.info,  Node: Source Annotations,  Prev: Annotations for Running,  Up: Annotations
3802
 
3803
25.7 Displaying Source
3804
======================
3805
 
3806
The following annotation is used instead of displaying source code:
3807
 
3808
     ^Z^Zsource FILENAME:LINE:CHARACTER:MIDDLE:ADDR
3809
 
3810
   where FILENAME is an absolute file name indicating which source
3811
file, LINE is the line number within that file (where 1 is the first
3812
line in the file), CHARACTER is the character position within the file
3813
(where 0 is the first character in the file) (for most debug formats
3814
this will necessarily point to the beginning of a line), MIDDLE is
3815
`middle' if ADDR is in the middle of the line, or `beg' if ADDR is at
3816
the beginning of the line, and ADDR is the address in the target
3817
program associated with the source which is being displayed.  ADDR is
3818
in the form `0x' followed by one or more lowercase hex digits (note
3819
that this does not depend on the language).
3820
 
3821

3822
File: gdb.info,  Node: GDB Bugs,  Next: Command Line Editing,  Prev: Annotations,  Up: Top
3823
 
3824
26 Reporting Bugs in GDB
3825
************************
3826
 
3827
Your bug reports play an essential role in making GDB reliable.
3828
 
3829
   Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem,
3830
or it may not.  But in any case the principal function of a bug report
3831
is to help the entire community by making the next version of GDB work
3832
better.  Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of GDB.
3833
 
3834
   In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
3835
information that enables us to fix the bug.
3836
 
3837
* Menu:
3838
 
3839
* Bug Criteria::                Have you found a bug?
3840
* Bug Reporting::               How to report bugs
3841
 
3842

3843
File: gdb.info,  Node: Bug Criteria,  Next: Bug Reporting,  Up: GDB Bugs
3844
 
3845
26.1 Have You Found a Bug?
3846
==========================
3847
 
3848
If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some
3849
guidelines:
3850
 
3851
   * If the debugger gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that
3852
     is a GDB bug.  Reliable debuggers never crash.
3853
 
3854
   * If GDB produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
3855
     (Note that if you're cross debugging, the problem may also be
3856
     somewhere in the connection to the target.)
3857
 
3858
   * If GDB does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
3859
     is a bug.  However, you should note that your idea of "invalid
3860
     input" might be our idea of "an extension" or "support for
3861
     traditional practice".
3862
 
3863
   * If you are an experienced user of debugging tools, your suggestions
3864
     for improvement of GDB are welcome in any case.
3865
 
3866

3867
File: gdb.info,  Node: Bug Reporting,  Prev: Bug Criteria,  Up: GDB Bugs
3868
 
3869
26.2 How to Report Bugs
3870
=======================
3871
 
3872
A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
3873
If you obtained GDB from a support organization, we recommend you
3874
contact that organization first.
3875
 
3876
   You can find contact information for many support companies and
3877
individuals in the file `etc/SERVICE' in the GNU Emacs distribution.
3878
 
3879
   In any event, we also recommend that you submit bug reports for GDB.
3880
The preferred method is to submit them directly using GDB's Bugs web
3881
page (http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/bugs/).  Alternatively, the
3882
e-mail gateway  can be used.
3883
 
3884
   *Do not send bug reports to `info-gdb', or to `help-gdb', or to any
3885
newsgroups.*  Most users of GDB do not want to receive bug reports.
3886
Those that do have arranged to receive `bug-gdb'.
3887
 
3888
   The mailing list `bug-gdb' has a newsgroup `gnu.gdb.bug' which
3889
serves as a repeater.  The mailing list and the newsgroup carry exactly
3890
the same messages.  Often people think of posting bug reports to the
3891
newsgroup instead of mailing them.  This appears to work, but it has one
3892
problem which can be crucial: a newsgroup posting often lacks a mail
3893
path back to the sender.  Thus, if we need to ask for more information,
3894
we may be unable to reach you.  For this reason, it is better to send
3895
bug reports to the mailing list.
3896
 
3897
   The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
3898
*report all the facts*.  If you are not sure whether to state a fact or
3899
leave it out, state it!
3900
 
3901
   Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
3902
problem and assume that some details do not matter.  Thus, you might
3903
assume that the name of the variable you use in an example does not
3904
matter.  Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure.  Perhaps
3905
the bug is a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the
3906
location where that name is stored in memory; perhaps, if the name were
3907
different, the contents of that location would fool the debugger into
3908
doing the right thing despite the bug.  Play it safe and give a
3909
specific, complete example.  That is the easiest thing for you to do,
3910
and the most helpful.
3911
 
3912
   Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
3913
the bug.  It may be that the bug has been reported previously, but
3914
neither you nor we can know that unless your bug report is complete and
3915
self-contained.
3916
 
3917
   Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, "Does this ring a
3918
bell?"  Those bug reports are useless, and we urge everyone to _refuse
3919
to respond to them_ except to chide the sender to report bugs properly.
3920
 
3921
   To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
3922
 
3923
   * The version of GDB.  GDB announces it if you start with no
3924
     arguments; you can also print it at any time using `show version'.
3925
 
3926
     Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in
3927
     looking for the bug in the current version of GDB.
3928
 
3929
   * The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name
3930
     and version number.
3931
 
3932
   * What compiler (and its version) was used to compile GDB--e.g.
3933
     "gcc-2.8.1".
3934
 
3935
   * What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the program
3936
     you are debugging--e.g.  "gcc-2.8.1", or "HP92453-01 A.10.32.03 HP
3937
     C Compiler".  For GCC, you can say `gcc --version' to get this
3938
     information; for other compilers, see the documentation for those
3939
     compilers.
3940
 
3941
   * The command arguments you gave the compiler to compile your
3942
     example and observe the bug.  For example, did you use `-O'?  To
3943
     guarantee you will not omit something important, list them all.  A
3944
     copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
3945
 
3946
     If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess
3947
     wrong and then we might not encounter the bug.
3948
 
3949
   * A complete input script, and all necessary source files, that will
3950
     reproduce the bug.
3951
 
3952
   * A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
3953
     incorrect.  For example, "It gets a fatal signal."
3954
 
3955
     Of course, if the bug is that GDB gets a fatal signal, then we
3956
     will certainly notice it.  But if the bug is incorrect output, we
3957
     might not notice unless it is glaringly wrong.  You might as well
3958
     not give us a chance to make a mistake.
3959
 
3960
     Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should
3961
     still say so explicitly.  Suppose something strange is going on,
3962
     such as, your copy of GDB is out of synch, or you have encountered
3963
     a bug in the C library on your system.  (This has happened!)  Your
3964
     copy might crash and ours would not.  If you told us to expect a
3965
     crash, then when ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug
3966
     was not happening for us.  If you had not told us to expect a
3967
     crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
3968
     observations.
3969
 
3970
     To collect all this information, you can use a session recording
3971
     program such as `script', which is available on many Unix systems.
3972
     Just run your GDB session inside `script' and then include the
3973
     `typescript' file with your bug report.
3974
 
3975
     Another way to record a GDB session is to run GDB inside Emacs and
3976
     then save the entire buffer to a file.
3977
 
3978
   * If you wish to suggest changes to the GDB source, send us context
3979
     diffs.  If you even discuss something in the GDB source, refer to
3980
     it by context, not by line number.
3981
 
3982
     The line numbers in our development sources will not match those
3983
     in your sources.  Your line numbers would convey no useful
3984
     information to us.
3985
 
3986
 
3987
   Here are some things that are not necessary:
3988
 
3989
   * A description of the envelope of the bug.
3990
 
3991
     Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
3992
     which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
3993
     changes will not affect it.
3994
 
3995
     This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way
3996
     we will find the bug is by running a single example under the
3997
     debugger with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of
3998
     examples.  We recommend that you save your time for something else.
3999
 
4000
     Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report _instead_
4001
     of the original one, that is a convenience for us.  Errors in the
4002
     output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
4003
     less time, and so on.
4004
 
4005
     However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do
4006
     this, report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you
4007
     used.
4008
 
4009
   * A patch for the bug.
4010
 
4011
     A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one.  But do not
4012
     omit the necessary information, such as the test case, on the
4013
     assumption that a patch is all we need.  We might see problems
4014
     with your patch and decide to fix the problem another way, or we
4015
     might not understand it at all.
4016
 
4017
     Sometimes with a program as complicated as GDB it is very hard to
4018
     construct an example that will make the program follow a certain
4019
     path through the code.  If you do not send us the example, we will
4020
     not be able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify
4021
     that the bug is fixed.
4022
 
4023
     And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why
4024
     your patch should be an improvement, we will not install it.  A
4025
     test case will help us to understand.
4026
 
4027
   * A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
4028
 
4029
     Such guesses are usually wrong.  Even we cannot guess right about
4030
     such things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
4031
 
4032

4033
File: gdb.info,  Node: Command Line Editing,  Next: Using History Interactively,  Prev: GDB Bugs,  Up: Top
4034
 
4035
27 Command Line Editing
4036
***********************
4037
 
4038
This chapter describes the basic features of the GNU command line
4039
editing interface.
4040
 
4041
* Menu:
4042
 
4043
* Introduction and Notation::   Notation used in this text.
4044
* Readline Interaction::        The minimum set of commands for editing a line.
4045
* Readline Init File::          Customizing Readline from a user's view.
4046
* Bindable Readline Commands::  A description of most of the Readline commands
4047
                                available for binding
4048
* Readline vi Mode::            A short description of how to make Readline
4049
                                behave like the vi editor.
4050
 
4051

4052
File: gdb.info,  Node: Introduction and Notation,  Next: Readline Interaction,  Up: Command Line Editing
4053
 
4054
27.1 Introduction to Line Editing
4055
=================================
4056
 
4057
The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
4058
keystrokes.
4059
 
4060
   The text `C-k' is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
4061
produced when the  key is pressed while the Control key is depressed.
4062
 
4063
   The text `M-k' is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
4064
produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the 
4065
key is pressed.  The Meta key is labeled  on many keyboards.  On
4066
keyboards with two keys labeled  (usually to either side of the
4067
space bar), the  on the left side is generally set to work as a
4068
Meta key.  The  key on the right may also be configured to work as
4069
a Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
4070
Compose key for typing accented characters.
4071
 
4072
   If you do not have a Meta or  key, or another key working as a
4073
Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing 
4074
_first_, and then typing .  Either process is known as "metafying"
4075
the  key.
4076
 
4077
   The text `M-C-k' is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
4078
character produced by "metafying" `C-k'.
4079
 
4080
   In addition, several keys have their own names.  Specifically,
4081
, , , , , and  all stand for themselves
4082
when seen in this text, or in an init file (*note Readline Init File::).
4083
If your keyboard lacks a  key, typing  will produce the
4084
desired character.  The  key may be labeled  or  on
4085
some keyboards.
4086
 
4087

4088
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Interaction,  Next: Readline Init File,  Prev: Introduction and Notation,  Up: Command Line Editing
4089
 
4090
27.2 Readline Interaction
4091
=========================
4092
 
4093
Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
4094
only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled.  The
4095
Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
4096
as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
4097
you to retype the majority of the line.  Using these editing commands,
4098
you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
4099
insert the text of the corrections.  Then, when you are satisfied with
4100
the line, you simply press .  You do not have to be at the end of
4101
the line to press ; the entire line is accepted regardless of the
4102
location of the cursor within the line.
4103
 
4104
* Menu:
4105
 
4106
* Readline Bare Essentials::    The least you need to know about Readline.
4107
* Readline Movement Commands::  Moving about the input line.
4108
* Readline Killing Commands::   How to delete text, and how to get it back!
4109
* Readline Arguments::          Giving numeric arguments to commands.
4110
* Searching::                   Searching through previous lines.
4111
 
4112

4113
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Bare Essentials,  Next: Readline Movement Commands,  Up: Readline Interaction
4114
 
4115
27.2.1 Readline Bare Essentials
4116
-------------------------------
4117
 
4118
In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them.  The typed
4119
character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
4120
space to the right.  If you mistype a character, you can use your erase
4121
character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
4122
 
4123
   Sometimes you may mistype a character, and not notice the error
4124
until you have typed several other characters.  In that case, you can
4125
type `C-b' to move the cursor to the left, and then correct your
4126
mistake.  Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right with `C-f'.
4127
 
4128
   When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that
4129
characters to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room
4130
for the text that you have inserted.  Likewise, when you delete text
4131
behind the cursor, characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled
4132
back' to fill in the blank space created by the removal of the text.  A
4133
list of the bare essentials for editing the text of an input line
4134
follows.
4135
 
4136
`C-b'
4137
     Move back one character.
4138
 
4139
`C-f'
4140
     Move forward one character.
4141
 
4142
 or 
4143
     Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
4144
 
4145
`C-d'
4146
     Delete the character underneath the cursor.
4147
 
4148
Printing characters
4149
     Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
4150
 
4151
`C-_' or `C-x C-u'
4152
     Undo the last editing command.  You can undo all the way back to an
4153
     empty line.
4154
 
4155
(Depending on your configuration, the  key be set to delete
4156
the character to the left of the cursor and the  key set to delete
4157
the character underneath the cursor, like `C-d', rather than the
4158
character to the left of the cursor.)
4159
 
4160

4161
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Movement Commands,  Next: Readline Killing Commands,  Prev: Readline Bare Essentials,  Up: Readline Interaction
4162
 
4163
27.2.2 Readline Movement Commands
4164
---------------------------------
4165
 
4166
The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need in
4167
order to do editing of the input line.  For your convenience, many
4168
other commands have been added in addition to `C-b', `C-f', `C-d', and
4169
.  Here are some commands for moving more rapidly about the line.
4170
 
4171
`C-a'
4172
     Move to the start of the line.
4173
 
4174
`C-e'
4175
     Move to the end of the line.
4176
 
4177
`M-f'
4178
     Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and
4179
     digits.
4180
 
4181
`M-b'
4182
     Move backward a word.
4183
 
4184
`C-l'
4185
     Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
4186
 
4187
   Notice how `C-f' moves forward a character, while `M-f' moves
4188
forward a word.  It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
4189
operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
4190
 
4191

4192
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Killing Commands,  Next: Readline Arguments,  Prev: Readline Movement Commands,  Up: Readline Interaction
4193
 
4194
27.2.3 Readline Killing Commands
4195
--------------------------------
4196
 
4197
"Killing" text means to delete the text from the line, but to save it
4198
away for later use, usually by "yanking" (re-inserting) it back into
4199
the line.  (`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and
4200
`yank'.)
4201
 
4202
   If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you
4203
can be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
4204
place later.
4205
 
4206
   When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a "kill-ring".
4207
Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
4208
that when you yank it back, you get it all.  The kill ring is not line
4209
specific; the text that you killed on a previously typed line is
4210
available to be yanked back later, when you are typing another line.
4211
 
4212
   Here is the list of commands for killing text.
4213
 
4214
`C-k'
4215
     Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the
4216
     line.
4217
 
4218
`M-d'
4219
     Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
4220
     words, to the end of the next word.  Word boundaries are the same
4221
     as those used by `M-f'.
4222
 
4223
`M-'
4224
     Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
4225
     words, to the start of the previous word.  Word boundaries are the
4226
     same as those used by `M-b'.
4227
 
4228
`C-w'
4229
     Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace.  This is
4230
     different than `M-' because the word boundaries differ.
4231
 
4232
 
4233
   Here is how to "yank" the text back into the line.  Yanking means to
4234
copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
4235
 
4236
`C-y'
4237
     Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the
4238
     cursor.
4239
 
4240
`M-y'
4241
     Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this
4242
     if the prior command is `C-y' or `M-y'.
4243
 
4244

4245
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Arguments,  Next: Searching,  Prev: Readline Killing Commands,  Up: Readline Interaction
4246
 
4247
27.2.4 Readline Arguments
4248
-------------------------
4249
 
4250
You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands.  Sometimes the
4251
argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the sign of the
4252
argument that is significant.  If you pass a negative argument to a
4253
command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
4254
act in a backward direction.  For example, to kill text back to the
4255
start of the line, you might type `M-- C-k'.
4256
 
4257
   The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type
4258
meta digits before the command.  If the first `digit' typed is a minus
4259
sign (`-'), then the sign of the argument will be negative.  Once you
4260
have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type the
4261
remainder of the digits, and then the command.  For example, to give
4262
the `C-d' command an argument of 10, you could type `M-1 0 C-d', which
4263
will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
4264
 
4265

4266
File: gdb.info,  Node: Searching,  Prev: Readline Arguments,  Up: Readline Interaction
4267
 
4268
27.2.5 Searching for Commands in the History
4269
--------------------------------------------
4270
 
4271
Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
4272
for lines containing a specified string.  There are two search modes:
4273
"incremental" and "non-incremental".
4274
 
4275
   Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
4276
search string.  As each character of the search string is typed,
4277
Readline displays the next entry from the history matching the string
4278
typed so far.  An incremental search requires only as many characters
4279
as needed to find the desired history entry.  To search backward in the
4280
history for a particular string, type `C-r'.  Typing `C-s' searches
4281
forward through the history.  The characters present in the value of
4282
the `isearch-terminators' variable are used to terminate an incremental
4283
search.  If that variable has not been assigned a value, the  and
4284
`C-J' characters will terminate an incremental search.  `C-g' will
4285
abort an incremental search and restore the original line.  When the
4286
search is terminated, the history entry containing the search string
4287
becomes the current line.
4288
 
4289
   To find other matching entries in the history list, type `C-r' or
4290
`C-s' as appropriate.  This will search backward or forward in the
4291
history for the next entry matching the search string typed so far.
4292
Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate the
4293
search and execute that command.  For instance, a  will terminate
4294
the search and accept the line, thereby executing the command from the
4295
history list.  A movement command will terminate the search, make the
4296
last line found the current line, and begin editing.
4297
 
4298
   Readline remembers the last incremental search string.  If two
4299
`C-r's are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
4300
search string, any remembered search string is used.
4301
 
4302
   Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before
4303
starting to search for matching history lines.  The search string may be
4304
typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
4305
 
4306

4307
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Init File,  Next: Bindable Readline Commands,  Prev: Readline Interaction,  Up: Command Line Editing
4308
 
4309
27.3 Readline Init File
4310
=======================
4311
 
4312
Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
4313
keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
4314
of keybindings.  Any user can customize programs that use Readline by
4315
putting commands in an "inputrc" file, conventionally in his home
4316
directory.  The name of this file is taken from the value of the
4317
environment variable `INPUTRC'.  If that variable is unset, the default
4318
is `~/.inputrc'.
4319
 
4320
   When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the init
4321
file is read, and the key bindings are set.
4322
 
4323
   In addition, the `C-x C-r' command re-reads this init file, thus
4324
incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
4325
 
4326
* Menu:
4327
 
4328
* Readline Init File Syntax::   Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.
4329
 
4330
* Conditional Init Constructs:: Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.
4331
 
4332
* Sample Init File::            An example inputrc file.
4333
 
4334

4335
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline Init File Syntax,  Next: Conditional Init Constructs,  Up: Readline Init File
4336
 
4337
27.3.1 Readline Init File Syntax
4338
--------------------------------
4339
 
4340
There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the Readline init
4341
file.  Blank lines are ignored.  Lines beginning with a `#' are
4342
comments.  Lines beginning with a `$' indicate conditional constructs
4343
(*note Conditional Init Constructs::).  Other lines denote variable
4344
settings and key bindings.
4345
 
4346
Variable Settings
4347
     You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by altering the
4348
     values of variables in Readline using the `set' command within the
4349
     init file.  The syntax is simple:
4350
 
4351
          set VARIABLE VALUE
4352
 
4353
     Here, for example, is how to change from the default Emacs-like
4354
     key binding to use `vi' line editing commands:
4355
 
4356
          set editing-mode vi
4357
 
4358
     Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized
4359
     without regard to case.  Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
4360
 
4361
     Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to
4362
     on if the value is null or empty, ON (case-insensitive), or 1.
4363
     Any other value results in the variable being set to off.
4364
 
4365
     A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
4366
     variables.
4367
 
4368
    `bell-style'
4369
          Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the
4370
          terminal bell.  If set to `none', Readline never rings the
4371
          bell.  If set to `visible', Readline uses a visible bell if
4372
          one is available.  If set to `audible' (the default),
4373
          Readline attempts to ring the terminal's bell.
4374
 
4375
    `bind-tty-special-chars'
4376
          If set to `on', Readline attempts to bind the control
4377
          characters treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver
4378
          to their Readline equivalents.
4379
 
4380
    `comment-begin'
4381
          The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
4382
          `insert-comment' command is executed.  The default value is
4383
          `"#"'.
4384
 
4385
    `completion-ignore-case'
4386
          If set to `on', Readline performs filename matching and
4387
          completion in a case-insensitive fashion.  The default value
4388
          is `off'.
4389
 
4390
    `completion-query-items'
4391
          The number of possible completions that determines when the
4392
          user is asked whether the list of possibilities should be
4393
          displayed.  If the number of possible completions is greater
4394
          than this value, Readline will ask the user whether or not he
4395
          wishes to view them; otherwise, they are simply listed.  This
4396
          variable must be set to an integer value greater than or
4397
          equal to 0.  A negative value means Readline should never ask.
4398
          The default limit is `100'.
4399
 
4400
    `convert-meta'
4401
          If set to `on', Readline will convert characters with the
4402
          eighth bit set to an ASCII key sequence by stripping the
4403
          eighth bit and prefixing an  character, converting them
4404
          to a meta-prefixed key sequence.  The default value is `on'.
4405
 
4406
    `disable-completion'
4407
          If set to `On', Readline will inhibit word completion.
4408
          Completion  characters will be inserted into the line as if
4409
          they had been mapped to `self-insert'.  The default is `off'.
4410
 
4411
    `editing-mode'
4412
          The `editing-mode' variable controls which default set of key
4413
          bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs
4414
          editing mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.
4415
          This variable can be set to either `emacs' or `vi'.
4416
 
4417
    `enable-keypad'
4418
          When set to `on', Readline will try to enable the application
4419
          keypad when it is called.  Some systems need this to enable
4420
          the arrow keys.  The default is `off'.
4421
 
4422
    `expand-tilde'
4423
          If set to `on', tilde expansion is performed when Readline
4424
          attempts word completion.  The default is `off'.
4425
 
4426
    `history-preserve-point'
4427
          If set to `on', the history code attempts to place point at
4428
          the same location on each history line retrieved with
4429
          `previous-history' or `next-history'.  The default is `off'.
4430
 
4431
    `horizontal-scroll-mode'
4432
          This variable can be set to either `on' or `off'.  Setting it
4433
          to `on' means that the text of the lines being edited will
4434
          scroll horizontally on a single screen line when they are
4435
          longer than the width of the screen, instead of wrapping onto
4436
          a new screen line.  By default, this variable is set to `off'.
4437
 
4438
    `input-meta'
4439
          If set to `on', Readline will enable eight-bit input (it will
4440
          not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
4441
          regardless of what the terminal claims it can support.  The
4442
          default value is `off'.  The name `meta-flag' is a synonym
4443
          for this variable.
4444
 
4445
    `isearch-terminators'
4446
          The string of characters that should terminate an incremental
4447
          search without subsequently executing the character as a
4448
          command (*note Searching::).  If this variable has not been
4449
          given a value, the characters  and `C-J' will terminate
4450
          an incremental search.
4451
 
4452
    `keymap'
4453
          Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding
4454
          commands.  Acceptable `keymap' names are `emacs',
4455
          `emacs-standard', `emacs-meta', `emacs-ctlx', `vi', `vi-move',
4456
          `vi-command', and `vi-insert'.  `vi' is equivalent to
4457
          `vi-command'; `emacs' is equivalent to `emacs-standard'.  The
4458
          default value is `emacs'.  The value of the `editing-mode'
4459
          variable also affects the default keymap.
4460
 
4461
    `mark-directories'
4462
          If set to `on', completed directory names have a slash
4463
          appended.  The default is `on'.
4464
 
4465
    `mark-modified-lines'
4466
          This variable, when set to `on', causes Readline to display an
4467
          asterisk (`*') at the start of history lines which have been
4468
          modified.  This variable is `off' by default.
4469
 
4470
    `mark-symlinked-directories'
4471
          If set to `on', completed names which are symbolic links to
4472
          directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
4473
          `mark-directories').  The default is `off'.
4474
 
4475
    `match-hidden-files'
4476
          This variable, when set to `on', causes Readline to match
4477
          files whose names begin with a `.' (hidden files) when
4478
          performing filename completion, unless the leading `.' is
4479
          supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.  This
4480
          variable is `on' by default.
4481
 
4482
    `output-meta'
4483
          If set to `on', Readline will display characters with the
4484
          eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
4485
          sequence.  The default is `off'.
4486
 
4487
    `page-completions'
4488
          If set to `on', Readline uses an internal `more'-like pager
4489
          to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
4490
          This variable is `on' by default.
4491
 
4492
    `print-completions-horizontally'
4493
          If set to `on', Readline will display completions with matches
4494
          sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down
4495
          the screen.  The default is `off'.
4496
 
4497
    `show-all-if-ambiguous'
4498
          This alters the default behavior of the completion functions.
4499
          If set to `on', words which have more than one possible
4500
          completion cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
4501
          of ringing the bell.  The default value is `off'.
4502
 
4503
    `show-all-if-unmodified'
4504
          This alters the default behavior of the completion functions
4505
          in a fashion similar to SHOW-ALL-IF-AMBIGUOUS.  If set to
4506
          `on', words which have more than one possible completion
4507
          without any possible partial completion (the possible
4508
          completions don't share a common prefix) cause the matches to
4509
          be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.  The
4510
          default value is `off'.
4511
 
4512
    `visible-stats'
4513
          If set to `on', a character denoting a file's type is
4514
          appended to the filename when listing possible completions.
4515
          The default is `off'.
4516
 
4517
 
4518
Key Bindings
4519
     The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
4520
     simple.  First you need to find the name of the command that you
4521
     want to change.  The following sections contain tables of the
4522
     command name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short
4523
     description of what the command does.
4524
 
4525
     Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line in
4526
     the init file the name of the key you wish to bind the command to,
4527
     a colon, and then the name of the command.  The name of the key
4528
     can be expressed in different ways, depending on what you find most
4529
     comfortable.
4530
 
4531
     In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound to
4532
     a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a MACRO).
4533
 
4534
    KEYNAME: FUNCTION-NAME or MACRO
4535
          KEYNAME is the name of a key spelled out in English.  For
4536
          example:
4537
               Control-u: universal-argument
4538
               Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
4539
               Control-o: "> output"
4540
 
4541
          In the above example, `C-u' is bound to the function
4542
          `universal-argument', `M-DEL' is bound to the function
4543
          `backward-kill-word', and `C-o' is bound to run the macro
4544
          expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
4545
          `> output' into the line).
4546
 
4547
          A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
4548
          processing this key binding syntax: DEL, ESC, ESCAPE, LFD,
4549
          NEWLINE, RET, RETURN, RUBOUT, SPACE, SPC, and TAB.
4550
 
4551
    "KEYSEQ": FUNCTION-NAME or MACRO
4552
          KEYSEQ differs from KEYNAME above in that strings denoting an
4553
          entire key sequence can be specified, by placing the key
4554
          sequence in double quotes.  Some GNU Emacs style key escapes
4555
          can be used, as in the following example, but the special
4556
          character names are not recognized.
4557
 
4558
               "\C-u": universal-argument
4559
               "\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
4560
               "\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
4561
 
4562
          In the above example, `C-u' is again bound to the function
4563
          `universal-argument' (just as it was in the first example),
4564
          `C-x C-r' is bound to the function `re-read-init-file', and
4565
          ` <[> <1> <1> <~>' is bound to insert the text `Function
4566
          Key 1'.
4567
 
4568
 
4569
     The following GNU Emacs style escape sequences are available when
4570
     specifying key sequences:
4571
 
4572
    `\C-'
4573
          control prefix
4574
 
4575
    `\M-'
4576
          meta prefix
4577
 
4578
    `\e'
4579
          an escape character
4580
 
4581
    `\\'
4582
          backslash
4583
 
4584
    `\"'
4585
          <">, a double quotation mark
4586
 
4587
    `\''
4588
          <'>, a single quote or apostrophe
4589
 
4590
     In addition to the GNU Emacs style escape sequences, a second set
4591
     of backslash escapes is available:
4592
 
4593
    `\a'
4594
          alert (bell)
4595
 
4596
    `\b'
4597
          backspace
4598
 
4599
    `\d'
4600
          delete
4601
 
4602
    `\f'
4603
          form feed
4604
 
4605
    `\n'
4606
          newline
4607
 
4608
    `\r'
4609
          carriage return
4610
 
4611
    `\t'
4612
          horizontal tab
4613
 
4614
    `\v'
4615
          vertical tab
4616
 
4617
    `\NNN'
4618
          the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value NNN
4619
          (one to three digits)
4620
 
4621
    `\xHH'
4622
          the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value
4623
          HH (one or two hex digits)
4624
 
4625
     When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must be
4626
     used to indicate a macro definition.  Unquoted text is assumed to
4627
     be a function name.  In the macro body, the backslash escapes
4628
     described above are expanded.  Backslash will quote any other
4629
     character in the macro text, including `"' and `''.  For example,
4630
     the following binding will make `C-x \' insert a single `\' into
4631
     the line:
4632
          "\C-x\\": "\\"
4633
 
4634
 
4635

4636
File: gdb.info,  Node: Conditional Init Constructs,  Next: Sample Init File,  Prev: Readline Init File Syntax,  Up: Readline Init File
4637
 
4638
27.3.2 Conditional Init Constructs
4639
----------------------------------
4640
 
4641
Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
4642
compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key bindings
4643
and variable settings to be performed as the result of tests.  There
4644
are four parser directives used.
4645
 
4646
`$if'
4647
     The `$if' construct allows bindings to be made based on the
4648
     editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
4649
     Readline.  The text of the test extends to the end of the line; no
4650
     characters are required to isolate it.
4651
 
4652
    `mode'
4653
          The `mode=' form of the `$if' directive is used to test
4654
          whether Readline is in `emacs' or `vi' mode.  This may be
4655
          used in conjunction with the `set keymap' command, for
4656
          instance, to set bindings in the `emacs-standard' and
4657
          `emacs-ctlx' keymaps only if Readline is starting out in
4658
          `emacs' mode.
4659
 
4660
    `term'
4661
          The `term=' form may be used to include terminal-specific key
4662
          bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
4663
          terminal's function keys.  The word on the right side of the
4664
          `=' is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
4665
          the portion of the terminal name before the first `-'.  This
4666
          allows `sun' to match both `sun' and `sun-cmd', for instance.
4667
 
4668
    `application'
4669
          The APPLICATION construct is used to include
4670
          application-specific settings.  Each program using the
4671
          Readline library sets the APPLICATION NAME, and you can test
4672
          for a particular value.  This could be used to bind key
4673
          sequences to functions useful for a specific program.  For
4674
          instance, the following command adds a key sequence that
4675
          quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
4676
               $if Bash
4677
               # Quote the current or previous word
4678
               "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
4679
               $endif
4680
 
4681
`$endif'
4682
     This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an `$if'
4683
     command.
4684
 
4685
`$else'
4686
     Commands in this branch of the `$if' directive are executed if the
4687
     test fails.
4688
 
4689
`$include'
4690
     This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads
4691
     commands and bindings from that file.  For example, the following
4692
     directive reads from `/etc/inputrc':
4693
          $include /etc/inputrc
4694
 
4695

4696
File: gdb.info,  Node: Sample Init File,  Prev: Conditional Init Constructs,  Up: Readline Init File
4697
 
4698
27.3.3 Sample Init File
4699
-----------------------
4700
 
4701
Here is an example of an INPUTRC file.  This illustrates key binding,
4702
variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
4703
 
4704
 
4705
     # This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
4706
     # programs that use the GNU Readline library.  Existing
4707
     # programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
4708
     #
4709
     # You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
4710
     # Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
4711
     #
4712
     # First, include any systemwide bindings and variable
4713
     # assignments from /etc/Inputrc
4714
     $include /etc/Inputrc
4715
 
4716
     #
4717
     # Set various bindings for emacs mode.
4718
 
4719
     set editing-mode emacs
4720
 
4721
     $if mode=emacs
4722
 
4723
     Meta-Control-h:    backward-kill-word      Text after the function name is ignored
4724
 
4725
     #
4726
     # Arrow keys in keypad mode
4727
     #
4728
     #"\M-OD":        backward-char
4729
     #"\M-OC":        forward-char
4730
     #"\M-OA":        previous-history
4731
     #"\M-OB":        next-history
4732
     #
4733
     # Arrow keys in ANSI mode
4734
     #
4735
     "\M-[D":        backward-char
4736
     "\M-[C":        forward-char
4737
     "\M-[A":        previous-history
4738
     "\M-[B":        next-history
4739
     #
4740
     # Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
4741
     #
4742
     #"\M-\C-OD":       backward-char
4743
     #"\M-\C-OC":       forward-char
4744
     #"\M-\C-OA":       previous-history
4745
     #"\M-\C-OB":       next-history
4746
     #
4747
     # Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
4748
     #
4749
     #"\M-\C-[D":       backward-char
4750
     #"\M-\C-[C":       forward-char
4751
     #"\M-\C-[A":       previous-history
4752
     #"\M-\C-[B":       next-history
4753
 
4754
     C-q: quoted-insert
4755
 
4756
     $endif
4757
 
4758
     # An old-style binding.  This happens to be the default.
4759
     TAB: complete
4760
 
4761
     # Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
4762
     $if Bash
4763
     # edit the path
4764
     "\C-xp": "PATH=${PATH}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
4765
     # prepare to type a quoted word --
4766
     # insert open and close double quotes
4767
     # and move to just after the open quote
4768
     "\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
4769
     # insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
4770
     # in sequences and macros)
4771
     "\C-x\\": "\\"
4772
     # Quote the current or previous word
4773
     "\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
4774
     # Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
4775
     "\C-xr": redraw-current-line
4776
     # Edit variable on current line.
4777
     "\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
4778
     $endif
4779
 
4780
     # use a visible bell if one is available
4781
     set bell-style visible
4782
 
4783
     # don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
4784
     set input-meta on
4785
 
4786
     # allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
4787
     # than converted to prefix-meta sequences
4788
     set convert-meta off
4789
 
4790
     # display characters with the eighth bit set directly
4791
     # rather than as meta-prefixed characters
4792
     set output-meta on
4793
 
4794
     # if there are more than 150 possible completions for
4795
     # a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
4796
     set completion-query-items 150
4797
 
4798
     # For FTP
4799
     $if Ftp
4800
     "\C-xg": "get \M-?"
4801
     "\C-xt": "put \M-?"
4802
     "\M-.": yank-last-arg
4803
     $endif
4804
 
4805

4806
File: gdb.info,  Node: Bindable Readline Commands,  Next: Readline vi Mode,  Prev: Readline Init File,  Up: Command Line Editing
4807
 
4808
27.4 Bindable Readline Commands
4809
===============================
4810
 
4811
* Menu:
4812
 
4813
* Commands For Moving::         Moving about the line.
4814
* Commands For History::        Getting at previous lines.
4815
* Commands For Text::           Commands for changing text.
4816
* Commands For Killing::        Commands for killing and yanking.
4817
* Numeric Arguments::           Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.
4818
* Commands For Completion::     Getting Readline to do the typing for you.
4819
* Keyboard Macros::             Saving and re-executing typed characters
4820
* Miscellaneous Commands::      Other miscellaneous commands.
4821
 
4822
   This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
4823
sequences.  Command names without an accompanying key sequence are
4824
unbound by default.
4825
 
4826
   In the following descriptions, "point" refers to the current cursor
4827
position, and "mark" refers to a cursor position saved by the
4828
`set-mark' command.  The text between the point and mark is referred to
4829
as the "region".
4830
 
4831

4832
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands For Moving,  Next: Commands For History,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
4833
 
4834
27.4.1 Commands For Moving
4835
--------------------------
4836
 
4837
`beginning-of-line (C-a)'
4838
     Move to the start of the current line.
4839
 
4840
`end-of-line (C-e)'
4841
     Move to the end of the line.
4842
 
4843
`forward-char (C-f)'
4844
     Move forward a character.
4845
 
4846
`backward-char (C-b)'
4847
     Move back a character.
4848
 
4849
`forward-word (M-f)'
4850
     Move forward to the end of the next word.  Words are composed of
4851
     letters and digits.
4852
 
4853
`backward-word (M-b)'
4854
     Move back to the start of the current or previous word.  Words are
4855
     composed of letters and digits.
4856
 
4857
`clear-screen (C-l)'
4858
     Clear the screen and redraw the current line, leaving the current
4859
     line at the top of the screen.
4860
 
4861
`redraw-current-line ()'
4862
     Refresh the current line.  By default, this is unbound.
4863
 
4864
 
4865

4866
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands For History,  Next: Commands For Text,  Prev: Commands For Moving,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
4867
 
4868
27.4.2 Commands For Manipulating The History
4869
--------------------------------------------
4870
 
4871
`accept-line (Newline or Return)'
4872
     Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.  If this line is
4873
     non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall
4874
     with `add_history()'.  If this line is a modified history line,
4875
     the history line is restored to its original state.
4876
 
4877
`previous-history (C-p)'
4878
     Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous
4879
     command.
4880
 
4881
`next-history (C-n)'
4882
     Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
4883
 
4884
`beginning-of-history (M-<)'
4885
     Move to the first line in the history.
4886
 
4887
`end-of-history (M->)'
4888
     Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
4889
     being entered.
4890
 
4891
`reverse-search-history (C-r)'
4892
     Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
4893
     through the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
4894
 
4895
`forward-search-history (C-s)'
4896
     Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
4897
     through the the history as necessary.  This is an incremental
4898
     search.
4899
 
4900
`non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)'
4901
     Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
4902
     through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
4903
     for a string supplied by the user.
4904
 
4905
`non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)'
4906
     Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
4907
     through the the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
4908
     for a string supplied by the user.
4909
 
4910
`history-search-forward ()'
4911
     Search forward through the history for the string of characters
4912
     between the start of the current line and the point.  This is a
4913
     non-incremental search.  By default, this command is unbound.
4914
 
4915
`history-search-backward ()'
4916
     Search backward through the history for the string of characters
4917
     between the start of the current line and the point.  This is a
4918
     non-incremental search.  By default, this command is unbound.
4919
 
4920
`yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)'
4921
     Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually the
4922
     second word on the previous line) at point.  With an argument N,
4923
     insert the Nth word from the previous command (the words in the
4924
     previous command begin with word 0).  A negative argument inserts
4925
     the Nth word from the end of the previous command.  Once the
4926
     argument N is computed, the argument is extracted as if the `!N'
4927
     history expansion had been specified.
4928
 
4929
`yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)'
4930
     Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
4931
     previous history entry).  With an argument, behave exactly like
4932
     `yank-nth-arg'.  Successive calls to `yank-last-arg' move back
4933
     through the history list, inserting the last argument of each line
4934
     in turn.  The history expansion facilities are used to extract the
4935
     last argument, as if the `!$' history expansion had been specified.
4936
 
4937
 
4938

4939
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands For Text,  Next: Commands For Killing,  Prev: Commands For History,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
4940
 
4941
27.4.3 Commands For Changing Text
4942
---------------------------------
4943
 
4944
`delete-char (C-d)'
4945
     Delete the character at point.  If point is at the beginning of
4946
     the line, there are no characters in the line, and the last
4947
     character typed was not bound to `delete-char', then return EOF.
4948
 
4949
`backward-delete-char (Rubout)'
4950
     Delete the character behind the cursor.  A numeric argument means
4951
     to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
4952
 
4953
`forward-backward-delete-char ()'
4954
     Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
4955
     end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
4956
     deleted.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
4957
 
4958
`quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)'
4959
     Add the next character typed to the line verbatim.  This is how to
4960
     insert key sequences like `C-q', for example.
4961
 
4962
`tab-insert (M-)'
4963
     Insert a tab character.
4964
 
4965
`self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, ...)'
4966
     Insert yourself.
4967
 
4968
`transpose-chars (C-t)'
4969
     Drag the character before the cursor forward over the character at
4970
     the cursor, moving the cursor forward as well.  If the insertion
4971
     point is at the end of the line, then this transposes the last two
4972
     characters of the line.  Negative arguments have no effect.
4973
 
4974
`transpose-words (M-t)'
4975
     Drag the word before point past the word after point, moving point
4976
     past that word as well.  If the insertion point is at the end of
4977
     the line, this transposes the last two words on the line.
4978
 
4979
`upcase-word (M-u)'
4980
     Uppercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative
4981
     argument, uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
4982
 
4983
`downcase-word (M-l)'
4984
     Lowercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative
4985
     argument, lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
4986
 
4987
`capitalize-word (M-c)'
4988
     Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With a negative
4989
     argument, capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
4990
 
4991
`overwrite-mode ()'
4992
     Toggle overwrite mode.  With an explicit positive numeric argument,
4993
     switches to overwrite mode.  With an explicit non-positive numeric
4994
     argument, switches to insert mode.  This command affects only
4995
     `emacs' mode; `vi' mode does overwrite differently.  Each call to
4996
     `readline()' starts in insert mode.
4997
 
4998
     In overwrite mode, characters bound to `self-insert' replace the
4999
     text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
5000
     Characters bound to `backward-delete-char' replace the character
5001
     before point with a space.
5002
 
5003
     By default, this command is unbound.
5004
 
5005
 
5006

5007
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands For Killing,  Next: Numeric Arguments,  Prev: Commands For Text,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
5008
 
5009
27.4.4 Killing And Yanking
5010
--------------------------
5011
 
5012
`kill-line (C-k)'
5013
     Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
5014
 
5015
`backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)'
5016
     Kill backward to the beginning of the line.
5017
 
5018
`unix-line-discard (C-u)'
5019
     Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
5020
 
5021
`kill-whole-line ()'
5022
     Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
5023
     By default, this is unbound.
5024
 
5025
`kill-word (M-d)'
5026
     Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
5027
     words, to the end of the next word.  Word boundaries are the same
5028
     as `forward-word'.
5029
 
5030
`backward-kill-word (M-)'
5031
     Kill the word behind point.  Word boundaries are the same as
5032
     `backward-word'.
5033
 
5034
`unix-word-rubout (C-w)'
5035
     Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
5036
     The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
5037
 
5038
`unix-filename-rubout ()'
5039
     Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash
5040
     character as the word boundaries.  The killed text is saved on the
5041
     kill-ring.
5042
 
5043
`delete-horizontal-space ()'
5044
     Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is
5045
     unbound.
5046
 
5047
`kill-region ()'
5048
     Kill the text in the current region.  By default, this command is
5049
     unbound.
5050
 
5051
`copy-region-as-kill ()'
5052
     Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
5053
     right away.  By default, this command is unbound.
5054
 
5055
`copy-backward-word ()'
5056
     Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.  The word
5057
     boundaries are the same as `backward-word'.  By default, this
5058
     command is unbound.
5059
 
5060
`copy-forward-word ()'
5061
     Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.  The word
5062
     boundaries are the same as `forward-word'.  By default, this
5063
     command is unbound.
5064
 
5065
`yank (C-y)'
5066
     Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
5067
 
5068
`yank-pop (M-y)'
5069
     Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this
5070
     if the prior command is `yank' or `yank-pop'.
5071
 
5072

5073
File: gdb.info,  Node: Numeric Arguments,  Next: Commands For Completion,  Prev: Commands For Killing,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
5074
 
5075
27.4.5 Specifying Numeric Arguments
5076
-----------------------------------
5077
 
5078
`digit-argument (M-0, M-1, ... M--)'
5079
     Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
5080
     argument.  `M--' starts a negative argument.
5081
 
5082
`universal-argument ()'
5083
     This is another way to specify an argument.  If this command is
5084
     followed by one or more digits, optionally with a leading minus
5085
     sign, those digits define the argument.  If the command is
5086
     followed by digits, executing `universal-argument' again ends the
5087
     numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.  As a special case, if
5088
     this command is immediately followed by a character that is
5089
     neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count for the next
5090
     command is multiplied by four.  The argument count is initially
5091
     one, so executing this function the first time makes the argument
5092
     count four, a second time makes the argument count sixteen, and so
5093
     on.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
5094
 
5095

5096
File: gdb.info,  Node: Commands For Completion,  Next: Keyboard Macros,  Prev: Numeric Arguments,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
5097
 
5098
27.4.6 Letting Readline Type For You
5099
------------------------------------
5100
 
5101
`complete ()'
5102
     Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.  The
5103
     actual completion performed is application-specific.  The default
5104
     is filename completion.
5105
 
5106
`possible-completions (M-?)'
5107
     List the possible completions of the text before point.
5108
 
5109
`insert-completions (M-*)'
5110
     Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
5111
     been generated by `possible-completions'.
5112
 
5113
`menu-complete ()'
5114
     Similar to `complete', but replaces the word to be completed with
5115
     a single match from the list of possible completions.  Repeated
5116
     execution of `menu-complete' steps through the list of possible
5117
     completions, inserting each match in turn.  At the end of the list
5118
     of completions, the bell is rung (subject to the setting of
5119
     `bell-style') and the original text is restored.  An argument of N
5120
     moves N positions forward in the list of matches; a negative
5121
     argument may be used to move backward through the list.  This
5122
     command is intended to be bound to , but is unbound by
5123
     default.
5124
 
5125
`delete-char-or-list ()'
5126
     Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
5127
     end of the line (like `delete-char').  If at the end of the line,
5128
     behaves identically to `possible-completions'.  This command is
5129
     unbound by default.
5130
 
5131
 
5132

5133
File: gdb.info,  Node: Keyboard Macros,  Next: Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: Commands For Completion,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
5134
 
5135
27.4.7 Keyboard Macros
5136
----------------------
5137
 
5138
`start-kbd-macro (C-x ()'
5139
     Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
5140
 
5141
`end-kbd-macro (C-x ))'
5142
     Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
5143
     and save the definition.
5144
 
5145
`call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)'
5146
     Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the
5147
     characters in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
5148
 
5149
 
5150

5151
File: gdb.info,  Node: Miscellaneous Commands,  Prev: Keyboard Macros,  Up: Bindable Readline Commands
5152
 
5153
27.4.8 Some Miscellaneous Commands
5154
----------------------------------
5155
 
5156
`re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)'
5157
     Read in the contents of the INPUTRC file, and incorporate any
5158
     bindings or variable assignments found there.
5159
 
5160
`abort (C-g)'
5161
     Abort the current editing command and ring the terminal's bell
5162
     (subject to the setting of `bell-style').
5163
 
5164
`do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-X, ...)'
5165
     If the metafied character X is lowercase, run the command that is
5166
     bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
5167
 
5168
`prefix-meta ()'
5169
     Metafy the next character typed.  This is for keyboards without a
5170
     meta key.  Typing ` f' is equivalent to typing `M-f'.
5171
 
5172
`undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)'
5173
     Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
5174
 
5175
`revert-line (M-r)'
5176
     Undo all changes made to this line.  This is like executing the
5177
     `undo' command enough times to get back to the beginning.
5178
 
5179
`tilde-expand (M-~)'
5180
     Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
5181
 
5182
`set-mark (C-@)'
5183
     Set the mark to the point.  If a numeric argument is supplied, the
5184
     mark is set to that position.
5185
 
5186
`exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)'
5187
     Swap the point with the mark.  The current cursor position is set
5188
     to the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the
5189
     mark.
5190
 
5191
`character-search (C-])'
5192
     A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of
5193
     that character.  A negative count searches for previous
5194
     occurrences.
5195
 
5196
`character-search-backward (M-C-])'
5197
     A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
5198
     of that character.  A negative count searches for subsequent
5199
     occurrences.
5200
 
5201
`insert-comment (M-#)'
5202
     Without a numeric argument, the value of the `comment-begin'
5203
     variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.  If a
5204
     numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle:  if
5205
     the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
5206
     of `comment-begin', the value is inserted, otherwise the
5207
     characters in `comment-begin' are deleted from the beginning of
5208
     the line.  In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline
5209
     had been typed.
5210
 
5211
`dump-functions ()'
5212
     Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the Readline
5213
     output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied, the output is
5214
     formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an INPUTRC
5215
     file.  This command is unbound by default.
5216
 
5217
`dump-variables ()'
5218
     Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
5219
     Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied, the
5220
     output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
5221
     INPUTRC file.  This command is unbound by default.
5222
 
5223
`dump-macros ()'
5224
     Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
5225
     strings they output.  If a numeric argument is supplied, the
5226
     output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part of an
5227
     INPUTRC file.  This command is unbound by default.
5228
 
5229
`emacs-editing-mode (C-e)'
5230
     When in `vi' command mode, this causes a switch to `emacs' editing
5231
     mode.
5232
 
5233
`vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)'
5234
     When in `emacs' editing mode, this causes a switch to `vi' editing
5235
     mode.
5236
 
5237
 
5238

5239
File: gdb.info,  Node: Readline vi Mode,  Prev: Bindable Readline Commands,  Up: Command Line Editing
5240
 
5241
27.5 Readline vi Mode
5242
=====================
5243
 
5244
While the Readline library does not have a full set of `vi' editing
5245
functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing of the line.
5246
The Readline `vi' mode behaves as specified in the POSIX 1003.2
5247
standard.
5248
 
5249
   In order to switch interactively between `emacs' and `vi' editing
5250
modes, use the command `M-C-j' (bound to emacs-editing-mode when in
5251
`vi' mode and to vi-editing-mode in `emacs' mode).  The Readline
5252
default is `emacs' mode.
5253
 
5254
   When you enter a line in `vi' mode, you are already placed in
5255
`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an `i'.  Pressing  switches
5256
you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the line with
5257
the standard `vi' movement keys, move to previous history lines with
5258
`k' and subsequent lines with `j', and so forth.
5259
 
5260

5261
File: gdb.info,  Node: Using History Interactively,  Next: Formatting Documentation,  Prev: Command Line Editing,  Up: Top
5262
 
5263
28 Using History Interactively
5264
******************************
5265
 
5266
This chapter describes how to use the GNU History Library interactively,
5267
from a user's standpoint.  It should be considered a user's guide.  For
5268
information on using the GNU History Library in other programs, see the
5269
GNU Readline Library Manual.
5270
 
5271
* Menu:
5272
 
5273
* History Interaction::         What it feels like using History as a user.
5274
 
5275

5276
File: gdb.info,  Node: History Interaction,  Up: Using History Interactively
5277
 
5278
28.1 History Expansion
5279
======================
5280
 
5281
The History library provides a history expansion feature that is similar
5282
to the history expansion provided by `csh'.  This section describes the
5283
syntax used to manipulate the history information.
5284
 
5285
   History expansions introduce words from the history list into the
5286
input stream, making it easy to repeat commands, insert the arguments
5287
to a previous command into the current input line, or fix errors in
5288
previous commands quickly.
5289
 
5290
   History expansion takes place in two parts.  The first is to
5291
determine which line from the history list should be used during
5292
substitution.  The second is to select portions of that line for
5293
inclusion into the current one.  The line selected from the history is
5294
called the "event", and the portions of that line that are acted upon
5295
are called "words".  Various "modifiers" are available to manipulate
5296
the selected words.  The line is broken into words in the same fashion
5297
that Bash does, so that several words surrounded by quotes are
5298
considered one word.  History expansions are introduced by the
5299
appearance of the history expansion character, which is `!' by default.
5300
 
5301
* Menu:
5302
 
5303
* Event Designators::   How to specify which history line to use.
5304
* Word Designators::    Specifying which words are of interest.
5305
* Modifiers::           Modifying the results of substitution.
5306
 
5307

5308
File: gdb.info,  Node: Event Designators,  Next: Word Designators,  Up: History Interaction
5309
 
5310
28.1.1 Event Designators
5311
------------------------
5312
 
5313
An event designator is a reference to a command line entry in the
5314
history list.
5315
 
5316
`!'
5317
     Start a history substitution, except when followed by a space, tab,
5318
     the end of the line, or `='.
5319
 
5320
`!N'
5321
     Refer to command line N.
5322
 
5323
`!-N'
5324
     Refer to the command N lines back.
5325
 
5326
`!!'
5327
     Refer to the previous command.  This is a synonym for `!-1'.
5328
 
5329
`!STRING'
5330
     Refer to the most recent command starting with STRING.
5331
 
5332
`!?STRING[?]'
5333
     Refer to the most recent command containing STRING.  The trailing
5334
     `?' may be omitted if the STRING is followed immediately by a
5335
     newline.
5336
 
5337
`^STRING1^STRING2^'
5338
     Quick Substitution.  Repeat the last command, replacing STRING1
5339
     with STRING2.  Equivalent to `!!:s/STRING1/STRING2/'.
5340
 
5341
`!#'
5342
     The entire command line typed so far.
5343
 
5344
 
5345

5346
File: gdb.info,  Node: Word Designators,  Next: Modifiers,  Prev: Event Designators,  Up: History Interaction
5347
 
5348
28.1.2 Word Designators
5349
-----------------------
5350
 
5351
Word designators are used to select desired words from the event.  A
5352
`:' separates the event specification from the word designator.  It may
5353
be omitted if the word designator begins with a `^', `$', `*', `-', or
5354
`%'.  Words are numbered from the beginning of the line, with the first
5355
word being denoted by 0 (zero).  Words are inserted into the current
5356
line separated by single spaces.
5357
 
5358
   For example,
5359
 
5360
`!!'
5361
     designates the preceding command.  When you type this, the
5362
     preceding command is repeated in toto.
5363
 
5364
`!!:$'
5365
     designates the last argument of the preceding command.  This may be
5366
     shortened to `!$'.
5367
 
5368
`!fi:2'
5369
     designates the second argument of the most recent command starting
5370
     with the letters `fi'.
5371
 
5372
   Here are the word designators:
5373
 
5374
`0 (zero)'
5375
     The `0'th word.  For many applications, this is the command word.
5376
 
5377
`N'
5378
     The Nth word.
5379
 
5380
`^'
5381
     The first argument; that is, word 1.
5382
 
5383
`$'
5384
     The last argument.
5385
 
5386
`%'
5387
     The word matched by the most recent `?STRING?' search.
5388
 
5389
`X-Y'
5390
     A range of words; `-Y' abbreviates `0-Y'.
5391
 
5392
`*'
5393
     All of the words, except the `0'th.  This is a synonym for `1-$'.
5394
     It is not an error to use `*' if there is just one word in the
5395
     event; the empty string is returned in that case.
5396
 
5397
`X*'
5398
     Abbreviates `X-$'
5399
 
5400
`X-'
5401
     Abbreviates `X-$' like `X*', but omits the last word.
5402
 
5403
 
5404
   If a word designator is supplied without an event specification, the
5405
previous command is used as the event.
5406
 
5407

5408
File: gdb.info,  Node: Modifiers,  Prev: Word Designators,  Up: History Interaction
5409
 
5410
28.1.3 Modifiers
5411
----------------
5412
 
5413
After the optional word designator, you can add a sequence of one or
5414
more of the following modifiers, each preceded by a `:'.
5415
 
5416
`h'
5417
     Remove a trailing pathname component, leaving only the head.
5418
 
5419
`t'
5420
     Remove all leading  pathname  components, leaving the tail.
5421
 
5422
`r'
5423
     Remove a trailing suffix of the form `.SUFFIX', leaving the
5424
     basename.
5425
 
5426
`e'
5427
     Remove all but the trailing suffix.
5428
 
5429
`p'
5430
     Print the new command but do not execute it.
5431
 
5432
`s/OLD/NEW/'
5433
     Substitute NEW for the first occurrence of OLD in the event line.
5434
     Any delimiter may be used in place of `/'.  The delimiter may be
5435
     quoted in OLD and NEW with a single backslash.  If `&' appears in
5436
     NEW, it is replaced by OLD.  A single backslash will quote the
5437
     `&'.  The final delimiter is optional if it is the last character
5438
     on the input line.
5439
 
5440
`&'
5441
     Repeat the previous substitution.
5442
 
5443
`g'
5444
`a'
5445
     Cause changes to be applied over the entire event line.  Used in
5446
     conjunction with `s', as in `gs/OLD/NEW/', or with `&'.
5447
 
5448
`G'
5449
     Apply the following `s' modifier once to each word in the event.
5450
 
5451
 
5452

5453
File: gdb.info,  Node: Formatting Documentation,  Next: Installing GDB,  Prev: Using History Interactively,  Up: Top
5454
 
5455
Appendix A Formatting Documentation
5456
***********************************
5457
 
5458
The GDB 4 release includes an already-formatted reference card, ready
5459
for printing with PostScript or Ghostscript, in the `gdb' subdirectory
5460
of the main source directory(1).  If you can use PostScript or
5461
Ghostscript with your printer, you can print the reference card
5462
immediately with `refcard.ps'.
5463
 
5464
   The release also includes the source for the reference card.  You
5465
can format it, using TeX, by typing:
5466
 
5467
     make refcard.dvi
5468
 
5469
   The GDB reference card is designed to print in "landscape" mode on
5470
US "letter" size paper; that is, on a sheet 11 inches wide by 8.5 inches
5471
high.  You will need to specify this form of printing as an option to
5472
your DVI output program.
5473
 
5474
   All the documentation for GDB comes as part of the machine-readable
5475
distribution.  The documentation is written in Texinfo format, which is
5476
a documentation system that uses a single source file to produce both
5477
on-line information and a printed manual.  You can use one of the Info
5478
formatting commands to create the on-line version of the documentation
5479
and TeX (or `texi2roff') to typeset the printed version.
5480
 
5481
   GDB includes an already formatted copy of the on-line Info version
5482
of this manual in the `gdb' subdirectory.  The main Info file is
5483
`gdb-6.8/gdb/gdb.info', and it refers to subordinate files matching
5484
`gdb.info*' in the same directory.  If necessary, you can print out
5485
these files, or read them with any editor; but they are easier to read
5486
using the `info' subsystem in GNU Emacs or the standalone `info'
5487
program, available as part of the GNU Texinfo distribution.
5488
 
5489
   If you want to format these Info files yourself, you need one of the
5490
Info formatting programs, such as `texinfo-format-buffer' or `makeinfo'.
5491
 
5492
   If you have `makeinfo' installed, and are in the top level GDB
5493
source directory (`gdb-6.8', in the case of version 6.8), you can make
5494
the Info file by typing:
5495
 
5496
     cd gdb
5497
     make gdb.info
5498
 
5499
   If you want to typeset and print copies of this manual, you need TeX,
5500
a program to print its DVI output files, and `texinfo.tex', the Texinfo
5501
definitions file.
5502
 
5503
   TeX is a typesetting program; it does not print files directly, but
5504
produces output files called DVI files.  To print a typeset document,
5505
you need a program to print DVI files.  If your system has TeX
5506
installed, chances are it has such a program.  The precise command to
5507
use depends on your system; `lpr -d' is common; another (for PostScript
5508
devices) is `dvips'.  The DVI print command may require a file name
5509
without any extension or a `.dvi' extension.
5510
 
5511
   TeX also requires a macro definitions file called `texinfo.tex'.
5512
This file tells TeX how to typeset a document written in Texinfo
5513
format.  On its own, TeX cannot either read or typeset a Texinfo file.
5514
`texinfo.tex' is distributed with GDB and is located in the
5515
`gdb-VERSION-NUMBER/texinfo' directory.
5516
 
5517
   If you have TeX and a DVI printer program installed, you can typeset
5518
and print this manual.  First switch to the `gdb' subdirectory of the
5519
main source directory (for example, to `gdb-6.8/gdb') and type:
5520
 
5521
     make gdb.dvi
5522
 
5523
   Then give `gdb.dvi' to your DVI printing program.
5524
 
5525
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
5526
 
5527
   (1) In `gdb-6.8/gdb/refcard.ps' of the version 6.8 release.
5528
 
5529

5530
File: gdb.info,  Node: Installing GDB,  Next: Maintenance Commands,  Prev: Formatting Documentation,  Up: Top
5531
 
5532
Appendix B Installing GDB
5533
*************************
5534
 
5535
* Menu:
5536
 
5537
* Requirements::                Requirements for building GDB
5538
* Running Configure::           Invoking the GDB `configure' script
5539
* Separate Objdir::             Compiling GDB in another directory
5540
* Config Names::                Specifying names for hosts and targets
5541
* Configure Options::           Summary of options for configure
5542
 
5543

5544
File: gdb.info,  Node: Requirements,  Next: Running Configure,  Up: Installing GDB
5545
 
5546
B.1 Requirements for Building GDB
5547
=================================
5548
 
5549
Building GDB requires various tools and packages to be available.
5550
Other packages will be used only if they are found.
5551
 
5552
Tools/Packages Necessary for Building GDB
5553
=========================================
5554
 
5555
ISO C90 compiler
5556
     GDB is written in ISO C90.  It should be buildable with any
5557
     working C90 compiler, e.g. GCC.
5558
 
5559
 
5560
Tools/Packages Optional for Building GDB
5561
========================================
5562
 
5563
Expat
5564
     GDB can use the Expat XML parsing library.  This library may be
5565
     included with your operating system distribution; if it is not, you
5566
     can get the latest version from `http://expat.sourceforge.net'.
5567
     The `configure' script will search for this library in several
5568
     standard locations; if it is installed in an unusual path, you can
5569
     use the `--with-libexpat-prefix' option to specify its location.
5570
 
5571
     Expat is used for:
5572
 
5573
        * Remote protocol memory maps (*note Memory Map Format::)
5574
 
5575
        * Target descriptions (*note Target Descriptions::)
5576
 
5577
        * Remote shared library lists (*note Library List Format::)
5578
 
5579
        * MS-Windows shared libraries (*note Shared Libraries::)
5580
 
5581
 
5582

5583
File: gdb.info,  Node: Running Configure,  Next: Separate Objdir,  Prev: Requirements,  Up: Installing GDB
5584
 
5585
B.2 Invoking the GDB `configure' Script
5586
=======================================
5587
 
5588
GDB comes with a `configure' script that automates the process of
5589
preparing GDB for installation; you can then use `make' to build the
5590
`gdb' program.
5591
 
5592
   The GDB distribution includes all the source code you need for GDB
5593
in a single directory, whose name is usually composed by appending the
5594
version number to `gdb'.
5595
 
5596
   For example, the GDB version 6.8 distribution is in the `gdb-6.8'
5597
directory.  That directory contains:
5598
 
5599
`gdb-6.8/configure (and supporting files)'
5600
     script for configuring GDB and all its supporting libraries
5601
 
5602
`gdb-6.8/gdb'
5603
     the source specific to GDB itself
5604
 
5605
`gdb-6.8/bfd'
5606
     source for the Binary File Descriptor library
5607
 
5608
`gdb-6.8/include'
5609
     GNU include files
5610
 
5611
`gdb-6.8/libiberty'
5612
     source for the `-liberty' free software library
5613
 
5614
`gdb-6.8/opcodes'
5615
     source for the library of opcode tables and disassemblers
5616
 
5617
`gdb-6.8/readline'
5618
     source for the GNU command-line interface
5619
 
5620
`gdb-6.8/glob'
5621
     source for the GNU filename pattern-matching subroutine
5622
 
5623
`gdb-6.8/mmalloc'
5624
     source for the GNU memory-mapped malloc package
5625
 
5626
   The simplest way to configure and build GDB is to run `configure'
5627
from the `gdb-VERSION-NUMBER' source directory, which in this example
5628
is the `gdb-6.8' directory.
5629
 
5630
   First switch to the `gdb-VERSION-NUMBER' source directory if you are
5631
not already in it; then run `configure'.  Pass the identifier for the
5632
platform on which GDB will run as an argument.
5633
 
5634
   For example:
5635
 
5636
     cd gdb-6.8
5637
     ./configure HOST
5638
     make
5639
 
5640
where HOST is an identifier such as `sun4' or `decstation', that
5641
identifies the platform where GDB will run.  (You can often leave off
5642
HOST; `configure' tries to guess the correct value by examining your
5643
system.)
5644
 
5645
   Running `configure HOST' and then running `make' builds the `bfd',
5646
`readline', `mmalloc', and `libiberty' libraries, then `gdb' itself.
5647
The configured source files, and the binaries, are left in the
5648
corresponding source directories.
5649
 
5650
   `configure' is a Bourne-shell (`/bin/sh') script; if your system
5651
does not recognize this automatically when you run a different shell,
5652
you may need to run `sh' on it explicitly:
5653
 
5654
     sh configure HOST
5655
 
5656
   If you run `configure' from a directory that contains source
5657
directories for multiple libraries or programs, such as the `gdb-6.8'
5658
source directory for version 6.8, `configure' creates configuration
5659
files for every directory level underneath (unless you tell it not to,
5660
with the `--norecursion' option).
5661
 
5662
   You should run the `configure' script from the top directory in the
5663
source tree, the `gdb-VERSION-NUMBER' directory.  If you run
5664
`configure' from one of the subdirectories, you will configure only
5665
that subdirectory.  That is usually not what you want.  In particular,
5666
if you run the first `configure' from the `gdb' subdirectory of the
5667
`gdb-VERSION-NUMBER' directory, you will omit the configuration of
5668
`bfd', `readline', and other sibling directories of the `gdb'
5669
subdirectory.  This leads to build errors about missing include files
5670
such as `bfd/bfd.h'.
5671
 
5672
   You can install `gdb' anywhere; it has no hardwired paths.  However,
5673
you should make sure that the shell on your path (named by the `SHELL'
5674
environment variable) is publicly readable.  Remember that GDB uses the
5675
shell to start your program--some systems refuse to let GDB debug child
5676
processes whose programs are not readable.
5677
 
5678

5679
File: gdb.info,  Node: Separate Objdir,  Next: Config Names,  Prev: Running Configure,  Up: Installing GDB
5680
 
5681
B.3 Compiling GDB in Another Directory
5682
======================================
5683
 
5684
If you want to run GDB versions for several host or target machines,
5685
you need a different `gdb' compiled for each combination of host and
5686
target.  `configure' is designed to make this easy by allowing you to
5687
generate each configuration in a separate subdirectory, rather than in
5688
the source directory.  If your `make' program handles the `VPATH'
5689
feature (GNU `make' does), running `make' in each of these directories
5690
builds the `gdb' program specified there.
5691
 
5692
   To build `gdb' in a separate directory, run `configure' with the
5693
`--srcdir' option to specify where to find the source.  (You also need
5694
to specify a path to find `configure' itself from your working
5695
directory.  If the path to `configure' would be the same as the
5696
argument to `--srcdir', you can leave out the `--srcdir' option; it is
5697
assumed.)
5698
 
5699
   For example, with version 6.8, you can build GDB in a separate
5700
directory for a Sun 4 like this:
5701
 
5702
     cd gdb-6.8
5703
     mkdir ../gdb-sun4
5704
     cd ../gdb-sun4
5705
     ../gdb-6.8/configure sun4
5706
     make
5707
 
5708
   When `configure' builds a configuration using a remote source
5709
directory, it creates a tree for the binaries with the same structure
5710
(and using the same names) as the tree under the source directory.  In
5711
the example, you'd find the Sun 4 library `libiberty.a' in the
5712
directory `gdb-sun4/libiberty', and GDB itself in `gdb-sun4/gdb'.
5713
 
5714
   Make sure that your path to the `configure' script has just one
5715
instance of `gdb' in it.  If your path to `configure' looks like
5716
`../gdb-6.8/gdb/configure', you are configuring only one subdirectory
5717
of GDB, not the whole package.  This leads to build errors about
5718
missing include files such as `bfd/bfd.h'.
5719
 
5720
   One popular reason to build several GDB configurations in separate
5721
directories is to configure GDB for cross-compiling (where GDB runs on
5722
one machine--the "host"--while debugging programs that run on another
5723
machine--the "target").  You specify a cross-debugging target by giving
5724
the `--target=TARGET' option to `configure'.
5725
 
5726
   When you run `make' to build a program or library, you must run it
5727
in a configured directory--whatever directory you were in when you
5728
called `configure' (or one of its subdirectories).
5729
 
5730
   The `Makefile' that `configure' generates in each source directory
5731
also runs recursively.  If you type `make' in a source directory such
5732
as `gdb-6.8' (or in a separate configured directory configured with
5733
`--srcdir=DIRNAME/gdb-6.8'), you will build all the required libraries,
5734
and then build GDB.
5735
 
5736
   When you have multiple hosts or targets configured in separate
5737
directories, you can run `make' on them in parallel (for example, if
5738
they are NFS-mounted on each of the hosts); they will not interfere
5739
with each other.
5740
 
5741

5742
File: gdb.info,  Node: Config Names,  Next: Configure Options,  Prev: Separate Objdir,  Up: Installing GDB
5743
 
5744
B.4 Specifying Names for Hosts and Targets
5745
==========================================
5746
 
5747
The specifications used for hosts and targets in the `configure' script
5748
are based on a three-part naming scheme, but some short predefined
5749
aliases are also supported.  The full naming scheme encodes three pieces
5750
of information in the following pattern:
5751
 
5752
     ARCHITECTURE-VENDOR-OS
5753
 
5754
   For example, you can use the alias `sun4' as a HOST argument, or as
5755
the value for TARGET in a `--target=TARGET' option.  The equivalent
5756
full name is `sparc-sun-sunos4'.
5757
 
5758
   The `configure' script accompanying GDB does not provide any query
5759
facility to list all supported host and target names or aliases.
5760
`configure' calls the Bourne shell script `config.sub' to map
5761
abbreviations to full names; you can read the script, if you wish, or
5762
you can use it to test your guesses on abbreviations--for example:
5763
 
5764
     % sh config.sub i386-linux
5765
     i386-pc-linux-gnu
5766
     % sh config.sub alpha-linux
5767
     alpha-unknown-linux-gnu
5768
     % sh config.sub hp9k700
5769
     hppa1.1-hp-hpux
5770
     % sh config.sub sun4
5771
     sparc-sun-sunos4.1.1
5772
     % sh config.sub sun3
5773
     m68k-sun-sunos4.1.1
5774
     % sh config.sub i986v
5775
     Invalid configuration `i986v': machine `i986v' not recognized
5776
 
5777
`config.sub' is also distributed in the GDB source directory
5778
(`gdb-6.8', for version 6.8).
5779
 
5780

5781
File: gdb.info,  Node: Configure Options,  Prev: Config Names,  Up: Installing GDB
5782
 
5783
B.5 `configure' Options
5784
=======================
5785
 
5786
Here is a summary of the `configure' options and arguments that are
5787
most often useful for building GDB.  `configure' also has several other
5788
options not listed here.  *note (configure.info)What Configure Does::,
5789
for a full explanation of `configure'.
5790
 
5791
     configure [--help]
5792
               [--prefix=DIR]
5793
               [--exec-prefix=DIR]
5794
               [--srcdir=DIRNAME]
5795
               [--norecursion] [--rm]
5796
               [--target=TARGET]
5797
               HOST
5798
 
5799
You may introduce options with a single `-' rather than `--' if you
5800
prefer; but you may abbreviate option names if you use `--'.
5801
 
5802
`--help'
5803
     Display a quick summary of how to invoke `configure'.
5804
 
5805
`--prefix=DIR'
5806
     Configure the source to install programs and files under directory
5807
     `DIR'.
5808
 
5809
`--exec-prefix=DIR'
5810
     Configure the source to install programs under directory `DIR'.
5811
 
5812
`--srcdir=DIRNAME'
5813
     *Warning: using this option requires GNU `make', or another `make'
5814
     that implements the `VPATH' feature.*
5815
     Use this option to make configurations in directories separate
5816
     from the GDB source directories.  Among other things, you can use
5817
     this to build (or maintain) several configurations simultaneously,
5818
     in separate directories.  `configure' writes
5819
     configuration-specific files in the current directory, but
5820
     arranges for them to use the source in the directory DIRNAME.
5821
     `configure' creates directories under the working directory in
5822
     parallel to the source directories below DIRNAME.
5823
 
5824
`--norecursion'
5825
     Configure only the directory level where `configure' is executed;
5826
     do not propagate configuration to subdirectories.
5827
 
5828
`--target=TARGET'
5829
     Configure GDB for cross-debugging programs running on the specified
5830
     TARGET.  Without this option, GDB is configured to debug programs
5831
     that run on the same machine (HOST) as GDB itself.
5832
 
5833
     There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available
5834
     targets.
5835
 
5836
`HOST ...'
5837
     Configure GDB to run on the specified HOST.
5838
 
5839
     There is no convenient way to generate a list of all available
5840
     hosts.
5841
 
5842
   There are many other options available as well, but they are
5843
generally needed for special purposes only.
5844
 
5845

5846
File: gdb.info,  Node: Maintenance Commands,  Next: Remote Protocol,  Prev: Installing GDB,  Up: Top
5847
 
5848
Appendix C Maintenance Commands
5849
*******************************
5850
 
5851
In addition to commands intended for GDB users, GDB includes a number
5852
of commands intended for GDB developers, that are not documented
5853
elsewhere in this manual.  These commands are provided here for
5854
reference.  (For commands that turn on debugging messages, see *Note
5855
Debugging Output::.)
5856
 
5857
`maint agent EXPRESSION'
5858
     Translate the given EXPRESSION into remote agent bytecodes.  This
5859
     command is useful for debugging the Agent Expression mechanism
5860
     (*note Agent Expressions::).
5861
 
5862
`maint info breakpoints'
5863
     Using the same format as `info breakpoints', display both the
5864
     breakpoints you've set explicitly, and those GDB is using for
5865
     internal purposes.  Internal breakpoints are shown with negative
5866
     breakpoint numbers.  The type column identifies what kind of
5867
     breakpoint is shown:
5868
 
5869
    `breakpoint'
5870
          Normal, explicitly set breakpoint.
5871
 
5872
    `watchpoint'
5873
          Normal, explicitly set watchpoint.
5874
 
5875
    `longjmp'
5876
          Internal breakpoint, used to handle correctly stepping through
5877
          `longjmp' calls.
5878
 
5879
    `longjmp resume'
5880
          Internal breakpoint at the target of a `longjmp'.
5881
 
5882
    `until'
5883
          Temporary internal breakpoint used by the GDB `until' command.
5884
 
5885
    `finish'
5886
          Temporary internal breakpoint used by the GDB `finish'
5887
          command.
5888
 
5889
    `shlib events'
5890
          Shared library events.
5891
 
5892
 
5893
`maint check-symtabs'
5894
     Check the consistency of psymtabs and symtabs.
5895
 
5896
`maint cplus first_component NAME'
5897
     Print the first C++ class/namespace component of NAME.
5898
 
5899
`maint cplus namespace'
5900
     Print the list of possible C++ namespaces.
5901
 
5902
`maint demangle NAME'
5903
     Demangle a C++ or Objective-C mangled NAME.
5904
 
5905
`maint deprecate COMMAND [REPLACEMENT]'
5906
`maint undeprecate COMMAND'
5907
     Deprecate or undeprecate the named COMMAND.  Deprecated commands
5908
     cause GDB to issue a warning when you use them.  The optional
5909
     argument REPLACEMENT says which newer command should be used in
5910
     favor of the deprecated one; if it is given, GDB will mention the
5911
     replacement as part of the warning.
5912
 
5913
`maint dump-me'
5914
     Cause a fatal signal in the debugger and force it to dump its core.
5915
     This is supported only on systems which support aborting a program
5916
     with the `SIGQUIT' signal.
5917
 
5918
`maint internal-error [MESSAGE-TEXT]'
5919
`maint internal-warning [MESSAGE-TEXT]'
5920
     Cause GDB to call the internal function `internal_error' or
5921
     `internal_warning' and hence behave as though an internal error or
5922
     internal warning has been detected.  In addition to reporting the
5923
     internal problem, these functions give the user the opportunity to
5924
     either quit GDB or create a core file of the current GDB session.
5925
 
5926
     These commands take an optional parameter MESSAGE-TEXT that is
5927
     used as the text of the error or warning message.
5928
 
5929
     Here's an example of using `internal-error':
5930
 
5931
          (gdb) maint internal-error testing, 1, 2
5932
          .../maint.c:121: internal-error: testing, 1, 2
5933
          A problem internal to GDB has been detected.  Further
5934
          debugging may prove unreliable.
5935
          Quit this debugging session? (y or n) n
5936
          Create a core file? (y or n) n
5937
          (gdb)
5938
 
5939
`maint packet TEXT'
5940
     If GDB is talking to an inferior via the serial protocol, then
5941
     this command sends the string TEXT to the inferior, and displays
5942
     the response packet.  GDB supplies the initial `$' character, the
5943
     terminating `#' character, and the checksum.
5944
 
5945
`maint print architecture [FILE]'
5946
     Print the entire architecture configuration.  The optional argument
5947
     FILE names the file where the output goes.
5948
 
5949
`maint print c-tdesc'
5950
     Print the current target description (*note Target Descriptions::)
5951
     as a C source file.  The created source file can be used in GDB
5952
     when an XML parser is not available to parse the description.
5953
 
5954
`maint print dummy-frames'
5955
     Prints the contents of GDB's internal dummy-frame stack.
5956
 
5957
          (gdb) b add
5958
          ...
5959
          (gdb) print add(2,3)
5960
          Breakpoint 2, add (a=2, b=3) at ...
5961
          58      return (a + b);
5962
          The program being debugged stopped while in a function called from GDB.
5963
          ...
5964
          (gdb) maint print dummy-frames
5965
          0x1a57c80: pc=0x01014068 fp=0x0200bddc sp=0x0200bdd6
5966
           top=0x0200bdd4 id={stack=0x200bddc,code=0x101405c}
5967
           call_lo=0x01014000 call_hi=0x01014001
5968
          (gdb)
5969
 
5970
     Takes an optional file parameter.
5971
 
5972
`maint print registers [FILE]'
5973
`maint print raw-registers [FILE]'
5974
`maint print cooked-registers [FILE]'
5975
`maint print register-groups [FILE]'
5976
     Print GDB's internal register data structures.
5977
 
5978
     The command `maint print raw-registers' includes the contents of
5979
     the raw register cache; the command `maint print cooked-registers'
5980
     includes the (cooked) value of all registers; and the command
5981
     `maint print register-groups' includes the groups that each
5982
     register is a member of.  *Note Registers: (gdbint)Registers.
5983
 
5984
     These commands take an optional parameter, a file name to which to
5985
     write the information.
5986
 
5987
`maint print reggroups [FILE]'
5988
     Print GDB's internal register group data structures.  The optional
5989
     argument FILE tells to what file to write the information.
5990
 
5991
     The register groups info looks like this:
5992
 
5993
          (gdb) maint print reggroups
5994
           Group      Type
5995
           general    user
5996
           float      user
5997
           all        user
5998
           vector     user
5999
           system     user
6000
           save       internal
6001
           restore    internal
6002
 
6003
`flushregs'
6004
     This command forces GDB to flush its internal register cache.
6005
 
6006
`maint print objfiles'
6007
     Print a dump of all known object files.  For each object file, this
6008
     command prints its name, address in memory, and all of its psymtabs
6009
     and symtabs.
6010
 
6011
`maint print statistics'
6012
     This command prints, for each object file in the program, various
6013
     data about that object file followed by the byte cache ("bcache")
6014
     statistics for the object file.  The objfile data includes the
6015
     number of minimal, partial, full, and stabs symbols, the number of
6016
     types defined by the objfile, the number of as yet unexpanded psym
6017
     tables, the number of line tables and string tables, and the
6018
     amount of memory used by the various tables.  The bcache
6019
     statistics include the counts, sizes, and counts of duplicates of
6020
     all and unique objects, max, average, and median entry size, total
6021
     memory used and its overhead and savings, and various measures of
6022
     the hash table size and chain lengths.
6023
 
6024
`maint print target-stack'
6025
     A "target" is an interface between the debugger and a particular
6026
     kind of file or process.  Targets can be stacked in "strata", so
6027
     that more than one target can potentially respond to a request.
6028
     In particular, memory accesses will walk down the stack of targets
6029
     until they find a target that is interested in handling that
6030
     particular address.
6031
 
6032
     This command prints a short description of each layer that was
6033
     pushed on the "target stack", starting from the top layer down to
6034
     the bottom one.
6035
 
6036
`maint print type EXPR'
6037
     Print the type chain for a type specified by EXPR.  The argument
6038
     can be either a type name or a symbol.  If it is a symbol, the
6039
     type of that symbol is described.  The type chain produced by this
6040
     command is a recursive definition of the data type as stored in
6041
     GDB's data structures, including its flags and contained types.
6042
 
6043
`maint set dwarf2 max-cache-age'
6044
`maint show dwarf2 max-cache-age'
6045
     Control the DWARF 2 compilation unit cache.
6046
 
6047
     In object files with inter-compilation-unit references, such as
6048
     those produced by the GCC option `-feliminate-dwarf2-dups', the
6049
     DWARF 2 reader needs to frequently refer to previously read
6050
     compilation units.  This setting controls how long a compilation
6051
     unit will remain in the cache if it is not referenced.  A higher
6052
     limit means that cached compilation units will be stored in memory
6053
     longer, and more total memory will be used.  Setting it to zero
6054
     disables caching, which will slow down GDB startup, but reduce
6055
     memory consumption.
6056
 
6057
`maint set profile'
6058
`maint show profile'
6059
     Control profiling of GDB.
6060
 
6061
     Profiling will be disabled until you use the `maint set profile'
6062
     command to enable it.  When you enable profiling, the system will
6063
     begin collecting timing and execution count data; when you disable
6064
     profiling or exit GDB, the results will be written to a log file.
6065
     Remember that if you use profiling, GDB will overwrite the
6066
     profiling log file (often called `gmon.out').  If you have a
6067
     record of important profiling data in a `gmon.out' file, be sure
6068
     to move it to a safe location.
6069
 
6070
     Configuring with `--enable-profiling' arranges for GDB to be
6071
     compiled with the `-pg' compiler option.
6072
 
6073
`maint show-debug-regs'
6074
     Control whether to show variables that mirror the x86 hardware
6075
     debug registers.  Use `ON' to enable, `OFF' to disable.  If
6076
     enabled, the debug registers values are shown when GDB inserts or
6077
     removes a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint, and when the inferior
6078
     triggers a hardware-assisted breakpoint or watchpoint.
6079
 
6080
`maint space'
6081
     Control whether to display memory usage for each command.  If set
6082
     to a nonzero value, GDB will display how much memory each command
6083
     took, following the command's own output.  This can also be
6084
     requested by invoking GDB with the `--statistics' command-line
6085
     switch (*note Mode Options::).
6086
 
6087
`maint time'
6088
     Control whether to display the execution time for each command.  If
6089
     set to a nonzero value, GDB will display how much time it took to
6090
     execute each command, following the command's own output.  This
6091
     can also be requested by invoking GDB with the `--statistics'
6092
     command-line switch (*note Mode Options::).
6093
 
6094
`maint translate-address [SECTION] ADDR'
6095
     Find the symbol stored at the location specified by the address
6096
     ADDR and an optional section name SECTION.  If found, GDB prints
6097
     the name of the closest symbol and an offset from the symbol's
6098
     location to the specified address.  This is similar to the `info
6099
     address' command (*note Symbols::), except that this command also
6100
     allows to find symbols in other sections.
6101
 
6102
 
6103
   The following command is useful for non-interactive invocations of
6104
GDB, such as in the test suite.
6105
 
6106
`set watchdog NSEC'
6107
     Set the maximum number of seconds GDB will wait for the target
6108
     operation to finish.  If this time expires, GDB reports and error
6109
     and the command is aborted.
6110
 
6111
`show watchdog'
6112
     Show the current setting of the target wait timeout.
6113
 
6114

6115
File: gdb.info,  Node: Remote Protocol,  Next: Agent Expressions,  Prev: Maintenance Commands,  Up: Top
6116
 
6117
Appendix D GDB Remote Serial Protocol
6118
*************************************
6119
 
6120
* Menu:
6121
 
6122
* Overview::
6123
* Packets::
6124
* Stop Reply Packets::
6125
* General Query Packets::
6126
* Register Packet Format::
6127
* Tracepoint Packets::
6128
* Host I/O Packets::
6129
* Interrupts::
6130
* Examples::
6131
* File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension::
6132
* Library List Format::
6133
* Memory Map Format::
6134
 
6135

6136
File: gdb.info,  Node: Overview,  Next: Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol
6137
 
6138
D.1 Overview
6139
============
6140
 
6141
There may be occasions when you need to know something about the
6142
protocol--for example, if there is only one serial port to your target
6143
machine, you might want your program to do something special if it
6144
recognizes a packet meant for GDB.
6145
 
6146
   In the examples below, `->' and `<-' are used to indicate
6147
transmitted and received data, respectively.
6148
 
6149
   All GDB commands and responses (other than acknowledgments) are sent
6150
as a PACKET.  A PACKET is introduced with the character `$', the actual
6151
PACKET-DATA, and the terminating character `#' followed by a two-digit
6152
CHECKSUM:
6153
 
6154
     `$'PACKET-DATA`#'CHECKSUM
6155
   The two-digit CHECKSUM is computed as the modulo 256 sum of all
6156
characters between the leading `$' and the trailing `#' (an eight bit
6157
unsigned checksum).
6158
 
6159
   Implementors should note that prior to GDB 5.0 the protocol
6160
specification also included an optional two-digit SEQUENCE-ID:
6161
 
6162
     `$'SEQUENCE-ID`:'PACKET-DATA`#'CHECKSUM
6163
 
6164
That SEQUENCE-ID was appended to the acknowledgment.  GDB has never
6165
output SEQUENCE-IDs.  Stubs that handle packets added since GDB 5.0
6166
must not accept SEQUENCE-ID.
6167
 
6168
   When either the host or the target machine receives a packet, the
6169
first response expected is an acknowledgment: either `+' (to indicate
6170
the package was received correctly) or `-' (to request retransmission):
6171
 
6172
     -> `$'PACKET-DATA`#'CHECKSUM
6173
     <- `+'
6174
   The host (GDB) sends COMMANDs, and the target (the debugging stub
6175
incorporated in your program) sends a RESPONSE.  In the case of step
6176
and continue COMMANDs, the response is only sent when the operation has
6177
completed (the target has again stopped).
6178
 
6179
   PACKET-DATA consists of a sequence of characters with the exception
6180
of `#' and `$' (see `X' packet for additional exceptions).
6181
 
6182
   Fields within the packet should be separated using `,' `;' or `:'.
6183
Except where otherwise noted all numbers are represented in HEX with
6184
leading zeros suppressed.
6185
 
6186
   Implementors should note that prior to GDB 5.0, the character `:'
6187
could not appear as the third character in a packet (as it would
6188
potentially conflict with the SEQUENCE-ID).
6189
 
6190
   Binary data in most packets is encoded either as two hexadecimal
6191
digits per byte of binary data.  This allowed the traditional remote
6192
protocol to work over connections which were only seven-bit clean.
6193
Some packets designed more recently assume an eight-bit clean
6194
connection, and use a more efficient encoding to send and receive
6195
binary data.
6196
 
6197
   The binary data representation uses `7d' (ASCII `}') as an escape
6198
character.  Any escaped byte is transmitted as the escape character
6199
followed by the original character XORed with `0x20'.  For example, the
6200
byte `0x7d' would be transmitted as the two bytes `0x7d 0x5d'.  The
6201
bytes `0x23' (ASCII `#'), `0x24' (ASCII `$'), and `0x7d' (ASCII `}')
6202
must always be escaped.  Responses sent by the stub must also escape
6203
`0x2a' (ASCII `*'), so that it is not interpreted as the start of a
6204
run-length encoded sequence (described next).
6205
 
6206
   Response DATA can be run-length encoded to save space.  Run-length
6207
encoding replaces runs of identical characters with one instance of the
6208
repeated character, followed by a `*' and a repeat count.  The repeat
6209
count is itself sent encoded, to avoid binary characters in DATA: a
6210
value of N is sent as `N+29'.  For a repeat count greater or equal to
6211
3, this produces a printable ASCII character, e.g. a space (ASCII code
6212
32) for a repeat count of 3.  (This is because run-length encoding
6213
starts to win for counts 3 or more.)  Thus, for example, `0* ' is a
6214
run-length encoding of "0000": the space character after `*' means
6215
repeat the leading `0' `32 - 29 = 3' more times.
6216
 
6217
   The printable characters `#' and `$' or with a numeric value greater
6218
than 126 must not be used.  Runs of six repeats (`#') or seven repeats
6219
(`$') can be expanded using a repeat count of only five (`"').  For
6220
example, `00000000' can be encoded as `0*"00'.
6221
 
6222
   The error response returned for some packets includes a two character
6223
error number.  That number is not well defined.
6224
 
6225
   For any COMMAND not supported by the stub, an empty response
6226
(`$#00') should be returned.  That way it is possible to extend the
6227
protocol.  A newer GDB can tell if a packet is supported based on that
6228
response.
6229
 
6230
   A stub is required to support the `g', `G', `m', `M', `c', and `s'
6231
COMMANDs.  All other COMMANDs are optional.
6232
 
6233

6234
File: gdb.info,  Node: Packets,  Next: Stop Reply Packets,  Prev: Overview,  Up: Remote Protocol
6235
 
6236
D.2 Packets
6237
===========
6238
 
6239
The following table provides a complete list of all currently defined
6240
COMMANDs and their corresponding response DATA.  *Note File-I/O Remote
6241
Protocol Extension::, for details about the File I/O extension of the
6242
remote protocol.
6243
 
6244
   Each packet's description has a template showing the packet's overall
6245
syntax, followed by an explanation of the packet's meaning.  We include
6246
spaces in some of the templates for clarity; these are not part of the
6247
packet's syntax.  No GDB packet uses spaces to separate its components.
6248
For example, a template like `foo BAR BAZ' describes a packet
6249
beginning with the three ASCII bytes `foo', followed by a BAR, followed
6250
directly by a BAZ.  GDB does not transmit a space character between the
6251
`foo' and the BAR, or between the BAR and the BAZ.
6252
 
6253
   Note that all packet forms beginning with an upper- or lower-case
6254
letter, other than those described here, are reserved for future use.
6255
 
6256
   Here are the packet descriptions.
6257
 
6258
`!'
6259
     Enable extended mode.  In extended mode, the remote server is made
6260
     persistent.  The `R' packet is used to restart the program being
6261
     debugged.
6262
 
6263
     Reply:
6264
    `OK'
6265
          The remote target both supports and has enabled extended mode.
6266
 
6267
`?'
6268
     Indicate the reason the target halted.  The reply is the same as
6269
     for step and continue.
6270
 
6271
     Reply: *Note Stop Reply Packets::, for the reply specifications.
6272
 
6273
`A ARGLEN,ARGNUM,ARG,...'
6274
     Initialized `argv[]' array passed into program. ARGLEN specifies
6275
     the number of bytes in the hex encoded byte stream ARG.  See
6276
     `gdbserver' for more details.
6277
 
6278
     Reply:
6279
    `OK'
6280
          The arguments were set.
6281
 
6282
    `E NN'
6283
          An error occurred.
6284
 
6285
`b BAUD'
6286
     (Don't use this packet; its behavior is not well-defined.)  Change
6287
     the serial line speed to BAUD.
6288
 
6289
     JTC: _When does the transport layer state change?  When it's
6290
     received, or after the ACK is transmitted.  In either case, there
6291
     are problems if the command or the acknowledgment packet is
6292
     dropped._
6293
 
6294
     Stan: _If people really wanted to add something like this, and get
6295
     it working for the first time, they ought to modify ser-unix.c to
6296
     send some kind of out-of-band message to a specially-setup stub
6297
     and have the switch happen "in between" packets, so that from
6298
     remote protocol's point of view, nothing actually happened._
6299
 
6300
`B ADDR,MODE'
6301
     Set (MODE is `S') or clear (MODE is `C') a breakpoint at ADDR.
6302
 
6303
     Don't use this packet.  Use the `Z' and `z' packets instead (*note
6304
     insert breakpoint or watchpoint packet::).
6305
 
6306
`c [ADDR]'
6307
     Continue.  ADDR is address to resume.  If ADDR is omitted, resume
6308
     at current address.
6309
 
6310
     Reply: *Note Stop Reply Packets::, for the reply specifications.
6311
 
6312
`C SIG[;ADDR]'
6313
     Continue with signal SIG (hex signal number).  If `;ADDR' is
6314
     omitted, resume at same address.
6315
 
6316
     Reply: *Note Stop Reply Packets::, for the reply specifications.
6317
 
6318
`d'
6319
     Toggle debug flag.
6320
 
6321
     Don't use this packet; instead, define a general set packet (*note
6322
     General Query Packets::).
6323
 
6324
`D'
6325
     Detach GDB from the remote system.  Sent to the remote target
6326
     before GDB disconnects via the `detach' command.
6327
 
6328
     Reply:
6329
    `OK'
6330
          for success
6331
 
6332
    `E NN'
6333
          for an error
6334
 
6335
`F RC,EE,CF;XX'
6336
     A reply from GDB to an `F' packet sent by the target.  This is
6337
     part of the File-I/O protocol extension.  *Note File-I/O Remote
6338
     Protocol Extension::, for the specification.
6339
 
6340
`g'
6341
     Read general registers.
6342
 
6343
     Reply:
6344
    `XX...'
6345
          Each byte of register data is described by two hex digits.
6346
          The bytes with the register are transmitted in target byte
6347
          order.  The size of each register and their position within
6348
          the `g' packet are determined by the GDB internal gdbarch
6349
          functions `DEPRECATED_REGISTER_RAW_SIZE' and
6350
          `gdbarch_register_name'.  The specification of several
6351
          standard `g' packets is specified below.
6352
 
6353
    `E NN'
6354
          for an error.
6355
 
6356
`G XX...'
6357
     Write general registers.  *Note read registers packet::, for a
6358
     description of the XX... data.
6359
 
6360
     Reply:
6361
    `OK'
6362
          for success
6363
 
6364
    `E NN'
6365
          for an error
6366
 
6367
`H C T'
6368
     Set thread for subsequent operations (`m', `M', `g', `G', et.al.).
6369
     C depends on the operation to be performed: it should be `c' for
6370
     step and continue operations, `g' for other operations.  The
6371
     thread designator T may be `-1', meaning all the threads, a thread
6372
     number, or `0' which means pick any thread.
6373
 
6374
     Reply:
6375
    `OK'
6376
          for success
6377
 
6378
    `E NN'
6379
          for an error
6380
 
6381
`i [ADDR[,NNN]]'
6382
     Step the remote target by a single clock cycle.  If `,NNN' is
6383
     present, cycle step NNN cycles.  If ADDR is present, cycle step
6384
     starting at that address.
6385
 
6386
`I'
6387
     Signal, then cycle step.  *Note step with signal packet::.  *Note
6388
     cycle step packet::.
6389
 
6390
`k'
6391
     Kill request.
6392
 
6393
     FIXME: _There is no description of how to operate when a specific
6394
     thread context has been selected (i.e. does 'k' kill only that
6395
     thread?)_.
6396
 
6397
`m ADDR,LENGTH'
6398
     Read LENGTH bytes of memory starting at address ADDR.  Note that
6399
     ADDR may not be aligned to any particular boundary.
6400
 
6401
     The stub need not use any particular size or alignment when
6402
     gathering data from memory for the response; even if ADDR is
6403
     word-aligned and LENGTH is a multiple of the word size, the stub
6404
     is free to use byte accesses, or not.  For this reason, this
6405
     packet may not be suitable for accessing memory-mapped I/O devices.
6406
 
6407
     Reply:
6408
    `XX...'
6409
          Memory contents; each byte is transmitted as a two-digit
6410
          hexadecimal number.  The reply may contain fewer bytes than
6411
          requested if the server was able to read only part of the
6412
          region of memory.
6413
 
6414
    `E NN'
6415
          NN is errno
6416
 
6417
`M ADDR,LENGTH:XX...'
6418
     Write LENGTH bytes of memory starting at address ADDR.  XX... is
6419
     the data; each byte is transmitted as a two-digit hexadecimal
6420
     number.
6421
 
6422
     Reply:
6423
    `OK'
6424
          for success
6425
 
6426
    `E NN'
6427
          for an error (this includes the case where only part of the
6428
          data was written).
6429
 
6430
`p N'
6431
     Read the value of register N; N is in hex.  *Note read registers
6432
     packet::, for a description of how the returned register value is
6433
     encoded.
6434
 
6435
     Reply:
6436
    `XX...'
6437
          the register's value
6438
 
6439
    `E NN'
6440
          for an error
6441
 
6442
    `'
6443
          Indicating an unrecognized QUERY.
6444
 
6445
`P N...=R...'
6446
     Write register N... with value R....  The register number N is in
6447
     hexadecimal, and R... contains two hex digits for each byte in the
6448
     register (target byte order).
6449
 
6450
     Reply:
6451
    `OK'
6452
          for success
6453
 
6454
    `E NN'
6455
          for an error
6456
 
6457
`q NAME PARAMS...'
6458
`Q NAME PARAMS...'
6459
     General query (`q') and set (`Q').  These packets are described
6460
     fully in *Note General Query Packets::.
6461
 
6462
`r'
6463
     Reset the entire system.
6464
 
6465
     Don't use this packet; use the `R' packet instead.
6466
 
6467
`R XX'
6468
     Restart the program being debugged.  XX, while needed, is ignored.
6469
     This packet is only available in extended mode (*note extended
6470
     mode::).
6471
 
6472
     The `R' packet has no reply.
6473
 
6474
`s [ADDR]'
6475
     Single step.  ADDR is the address at which to resume.  If ADDR is
6476
     omitted, resume at same address.
6477
 
6478
     Reply: *Note Stop Reply Packets::, for the reply specifications.
6479
 
6480
`S SIG[;ADDR]'
6481
     Step with signal.  This is analogous to the `C' packet, but
6482
     requests a single-step, rather than a normal resumption of
6483
     execution.
6484
 
6485
     Reply: *Note Stop Reply Packets::, for the reply specifications.
6486
 
6487
`t ADDR:PP,MM'
6488
     Search backwards starting at address ADDR for a match with pattern
6489
     PP and mask MM.  PP and MM are 4 bytes.  ADDR must be at least 3
6490
     digits.
6491
 
6492
`T XX'
6493
     Find out if the thread XX is alive.
6494
 
6495
     Reply:
6496
    `OK'
6497
          thread is still alive
6498
 
6499
    `E NN'
6500
          thread is dead
6501
 
6502
`v'
6503
     Packets starting with `v' are identified by a multi-letter name,
6504
     up to the first `;' or `?' (or the end of the packet).
6505
 
6506
`vAttach;PID'
6507
     Attach to a new process with the specified process ID.  PID is a
6508
     hexadecimal integer identifying the process.  The attached process
6509
     is stopped.
6510
 
6511
     This packet is only available in extended mode (*note extended
6512
     mode::).
6513
 
6514
     Reply:
6515
    `E NN'
6516
          for an error
6517
 
6518
    `Any stop packet'
6519
          for success (*note Stop Reply Packets::)
6520
 
6521
`vCont[;ACTION[:TID]]...'
6522
     Resume the inferior, specifying different actions for each thread.
6523
     If an action is specified with no TID, then it is applied to any
6524
     threads that don't have a specific action specified; if no default
6525
     action is specified then other threads should remain stopped.
6526
     Specifying multiple default actions is an error; specifying no
6527
     actions is also an error.  Thread IDs are specified in
6528
     hexadecimal.  Currently supported actions are:
6529
 
6530
    `c'
6531
          Continue.
6532
 
6533
    `C SIG'
6534
          Continue with signal SIG.  SIG should be two hex digits.
6535
 
6536
    `s'
6537
          Step.
6538
 
6539
    `S SIG'
6540
          Step with signal SIG.  SIG should be two hex digits.
6541
 
6542
     The optional ADDR argument normally associated with these packets
6543
     is not supported in `vCont'.
6544
 
6545
     Reply: *Note Stop Reply Packets::, for the reply specifications.
6546
 
6547
`vCont?'
6548
     Request a list of actions supported by the `vCont' packet.
6549
 
6550
     Reply:
6551
    `vCont[;ACTION...]'
6552
          The `vCont' packet is supported.  Each ACTION is a supported
6553
          command in the `vCont' packet.
6554
 
6555
    `'
6556
          The `vCont' packet is not supported.
6557
 
6558
`vFile:OPERATION:PARAMETER...'
6559
     Perform a file operation on the target system.  For details, see
6560
     *Note Host I/O Packets::.
6561
 
6562
`vFlashErase:ADDR,LENGTH'
6563
     Direct the stub to erase LENGTH bytes of flash starting at ADDR.
6564
     The region may enclose any number of flash blocks, but its start
6565
     and end must fall on block boundaries, as indicated by the flash
6566
     block size appearing in the memory map (*note Memory Map
6567
     Format::).  GDB groups flash memory programming operations
6568
     together, and sends a `vFlashDone' request after each group; the
6569
     stub is allowed to delay erase operation until the `vFlashDone'
6570
     packet is received.
6571
 
6572
     Reply:
6573
    `OK'
6574
          for success
6575
 
6576
    `E NN'
6577
          for an error
6578
 
6579
`vFlashWrite:ADDR:XX...'
6580
     Direct the stub to write data to flash address ADDR.  The data is
6581
     passed in binary form using the same encoding as for the `X'
6582
     packet (*note Binary Data::).  The memory ranges specified by
6583
     `vFlashWrite' packets preceding a `vFlashDone' packet must not
6584
     overlap, and must appear in order of increasing addresses
6585
     (although `vFlashErase' packets for higher addresses may already
6586
     have been received; the ordering is guaranteed only between
6587
     `vFlashWrite' packets).  If a packet writes to an address that was
6588
     neither erased by a preceding `vFlashErase' packet nor by some
6589
     other target-specific method, the results are unpredictable.
6590
 
6591
     Reply:
6592
    `OK'
6593
          for success
6594
 
6595
    `E.memtype'
6596
          for vFlashWrite addressing non-flash memory
6597
 
6598
    `E NN'
6599
          for an error
6600
 
6601
`vFlashDone'
6602
     Indicate to the stub that flash programming operation is finished.
6603
     The stub is permitted to delay or batch the effects of a group of
6604
     `vFlashErase' and `vFlashWrite' packets until a `vFlashDone'
6605
     packet is received.  The contents of the affected regions of flash
6606
     memory are unpredictable until the `vFlashDone' request is
6607
     completed.
6608
 
6609
`vRun;FILENAME[;ARGUMENT]...'
6610
     Run the program FILENAME, passing it each ARGUMENT on its command
6611
     line.  The file and arguments are hex-encoded strings.  If
6612
     FILENAME is an empty string, the stub may use a default program
6613
     (e.g. the last program run).  The program is created in the stopped
6614
     state.
6615
 
6616
     This packet is only available in extended mode (*note extended
6617
     mode::).
6618
 
6619
     Reply:
6620
    `E NN'
6621
          for an error
6622
 
6623
    `Any stop packet'
6624
          for success (*note Stop Reply Packets::)
6625
 
6626
`X ADDR,LENGTH:XX...'
6627
     Write data to memory, where the data is transmitted in binary.
6628
     ADDR is address, LENGTH is number of bytes, `XX...' is binary data
6629
     (*note Binary Data::).
6630
 
6631
     Reply:
6632
    `OK'
6633
          for success
6634
 
6635
    `E NN'
6636
          for an error
6637
 
6638
`z TYPE,ADDR,LENGTH'
6639
`Z TYPE,ADDR,LENGTH'
6640
     Insert (`Z') or remove (`z') a TYPE breakpoint or watchpoint
6641
     starting at address ADDRESS and covering the next LENGTH bytes.
6642
 
6643
     Each breakpoint and watchpoint packet TYPE is documented
6644
     separately.
6645
 
6646
     _Implementation notes: A remote target shall return an empty string
6647
     for an unrecognized breakpoint or watchpoint packet TYPE.  A
6648
     remote target shall support either both or neither of a given
6649
     `ZTYPE...' and `zTYPE...' packet pair.  To avoid potential
6650
     problems with duplicate packets, the operations should be
6651
     implemented in an idempotent way._
6652
 
6653
`z0,ADDR,LENGTH'
6654
`Z0,ADDR,LENGTH'
6655
     Insert (`Z0') or remove (`z0') a memory breakpoint at address ADDR
6656
     of size LENGTH.
6657
 
6658
     A memory breakpoint is implemented by replacing the instruction at
6659
     ADDR with a software breakpoint or trap instruction.  The LENGTH
6660
     is used by targets that indicates the size of the breakpoint (in
6661
     bytes) that should be inserted (e.g., the ARM and MIPS can insert
6662
     either a 2 or 4 byte breakpoint).
6663
 
6664
     _Implementation note: It is possible for a target to copy or move
6665
     code that contains memory breakpoints (e.g., when implementing
6666
     overlays).  The behavior of this packet, in the presence of such a
6667
     target, is not defined._
6668
 
6669
     Reply:
6670
    `OK'
6671
          success
6672
 
6673
    `'
6674
          not supported
6675
 
6676
    `E NN'
6677
          for an error
6678
 
6679
`z1,ADDR,LENGTH'
6680
`Z1,ADDR,LENGTH'
6681
     Insert (`Z1') or remove (`z1') a hardware breakpoint at address
6682
     ADDR of size LENGTH.
6683
 
6684
     A hardware breakpoint is implemented using a mechanism that is not
6685
     dependant on being able to modify the target's memory.
6686
 
6687
     _Implementation note: A hardware breakpoint is not affected by code
6688
     movement._
6689
 
6690
     Reply:
6691
    `OK'
6692
          success
6693
 
6694
    `'
6695
          not supported
6696
 
6697
    `E NN'
6698
          for an error
6699
 
6700
`z2,ADDR,LENGTH'
6701
`Z2,ADDR,LENGTH'
6702
     Insert (`Z2') or remove (`z2') a write watchpoint.
6703
 
6704
     Reply:
6705
    `OK'
6706
          success
6707
 
6708
    `'
6709
          not supported
6710
 
6711
    `E NN'
6712
          for an error
6713
 
6714
`z3,ADDR,LENGTH'
6715
`Z3,ADDR,LENGTH'
6716
     Insert (`Z3') or remove (`z3') a read watchpoint.
6717
 
6718
     Reply:
6719
    `OK'
6720
          success
6721
 
6722
    `'
6723
          not supported
6724
 
6725
    `E NN'
6726
          for an error
6727
 
6728
`z4,ADDR,LENGTH'
6729
`Z4,ADDR,LENGTH'
6730
     Insert (`Z4') or remove (`z4') an access watchpoint.
6731
 
6732
     Reply:
6733
    `OK'
6734
          success
6735
 
6736
    `'
6737
          not supported
6738
 
6739
    `E NN'
6740
          for an error
6741
 
6742
 
6743

6744
File: gdb.info,  Node: Stop Reply Packets,  Next: General Query Packets,  Prev: Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol
6745
 
6746
D.3 Stop Reply Packets
6747
======================
6748
 
6749
The `C', `c', `S', `s' and `?' packets can receive any of the below as
6750
a reply.  In the case of the `C', `c', `S' and `s' packets, that reply
6751
is only returned when the target halts.  In the below the exact meaning
6752
of "signal number" is defined by the header `include/gdb/signals.h' in
6753
the GDB source code.
6754
 
6755
   As in the description of request packets, we include spaces in the
6756
reply templates for clarity; these are not part of the reply packet's
6757
syntax.  No GDB stop reply packet uses spaces to separate its
6758
components.
6759
 
6760
`S AA'
6761
     The program received signal number AA (a two-digit hexadecimal
6762
     number).  This is equivalent to a `T' response with no N:R pairs.
6763
 
6764
`T AA N1:R1;N2:R2;...'
6765
     The program received signal number AA (a two-digit hexadecimal
6766
     number).  This is equivalent to an `S' response, except that the
6767
     `N:R' pairs can carry values of important registers and other
6768
     information directly in the stop reply packet, reducing round-trip
6769
     latency.  Single-step and breakpoint traps are reported this way.
6770
     Each `N:R' pair is interpreted as follows:
6771
 
6772
        * If N is a hexadecimal number, it is a register number, and the
6773
          corresponding R gives that register's value.  R is a series
6774
          of bytes in target byte order, with each byte given by a
6775
          two-digit hex number.
6776
 
6777
        * If N is `thread', then R is the thread process ID, in hex.
6778
 
6779
        * If N is a recognized "stop reason", it describes a more
6780
          specific event that stopped the target.  The currently
6781
          defined stop reasons are listed below.  AA should be `05',
6782
          the trap signal.  At most one stop reason should be present.
6783
 
6784
        * Otherwise, GDB should ignore this `N:R' pair and go on to the
6785
          next; this allows us to extend the protocol in the future.
6786
 
6787
     The currently defined stop reasons are:
6788
 
6789
    `watch'
6790
    `rwatch'
6791
    `awatch'
6792
          The packet indicates a watchpoint hit, and R is the data
6793
          address, in hex.
6794
 
6795
    `library'
6796
          The packet indicates that the loaded libraries have changed.
6797
          GDB should use `qXfer:libraries:read' to fetch a new list of
6798
          loaded libraries.  R is ignored.
6799
 
6800
`W AA'
6801
     The process exited, and AA is the exit status.  This is only
6802
     applicable to certain targets.
6803
 
6804
`X AA'
6805
     The process terminated with signal AA.
6806
 
6807
`O XX...'
6808
     `XX...' is hex encoding of ASCII data, to be written as the
6809
     program's console output.  This can happen at any time while the
6810
     program is running and the debugger should continue to wait for
6811
     `W', `T', etc.
6812
 
6813
`F CALL-ID,PARAMETER...'
6814
     CALL-ID is the identifier which says which host system call should
6815
     be called.  This is just the name of the function.  Translation
6816
     into the correct system call is only applicable as it's defined in
6817
     GDB.  *Note File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension::, for a list of
6818
     implemented system calls.
6819
 
6820
     `PARAMETER...' is a list of parameters as defined for this very
6821
     system call.
6822
 
6823
     The target replies with this packet when it expects GDB to call a
6824
     host system call on behalf of the target.  GDB replies with an
6825
     appropriate `F' packet and keeps up waiting for the next reply
6826
     packet from the target.  The latest `C', `c', `S' or `s' action is
6827
     expected to be continued.  *Note File-I/O Remote Protocol
6828
     Extension::, for more details.
6829
 
6830
 
6831

6832
File: gdb.info,  Node: General Query Packets,  Next: Register Packet Format,  Prev: Stop Reply Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol
6833
 
6834
D.4 General Query Packets
6835
=========================
6836
 
6837
Packets starting with `q' are "general query packets"; packets starting
6838
with `Q' are "general set packets".  General query and set packets are
6839
a semi-unified form for retrieving and sending information to and from
6840
the stub.
6841
 
6842
   The initial letter of a query or set packet is followed by a name
6843
indicating what sort of thing the packet applies to.  For example, GDB
6844
may use a `qSymbol' packet to exchange symbol definitions with the
6845
stub.  These packet names follow some conventions:
6846
 
6847
   * The name must not contain commas, colons or semicolons.
6848
 
6849
   * Most GDB query and set packets have a leading upper case letter.
6850
 
6851
   * The names of custom vendor packets should use a company prefix, in
6852
     lower case, followed by a period.  For example, packets designed at
6853
     the Acme Corporation might begin with `qacme.foo' (for querying
6854
     foos) or `Qacme.bar' (for setting bars).
6855
 
6856
   The name of a query or set packet should be separated from any
6857
parameters by a `:'; the parameters themselves should be separated by
6858
`,' or `;'.  Stubs must be careful to match the full packet name, and
6859
check for a separator or the end of the packet, in case two packet
6860
names share a common prefix.  New packets should not begin with `qC',
6861
`qP', or `qL'(1).
6862
 
6863
   Like the descriptions of the other packets, each description here
6864
has a template showing the packet's overall syntax, followed by an
6865
explanation of the packet's meaning.  We include spaces in some of the
6866
templates for clarity; these are not part of the packet's syntax.  No
6867
GDB packet uses spaces to separate its components.
6868
 
6869
   Here are the currently defined query and set packets:
6870
 
6871
`qC'
6872
     Return the current thread id.
6873
 
6874
     Reply:
6875
    `QC PID'
6876
          Where PID is an unsigned hexadecimal process id.
6877
 
6878
    `(anything else)'
6879
          Any other reply implies the old pid.
6880
 
6881
`qCRC:ADDR,LENGTH'
6882
     Compute the CRC checksum of a block of memory.  Reply:
6883
    `E NN'
6884
          An error (such as memory fault)
6885
 
6886
    `C CRC32'
6887
          The specified memory region's checksum is CRC32.
6888
 
6889
`qfThreadInfo'
6890
`qsThreadInfo'
6891
     Obtain a list of all active thread ids from the target (OS).
6892
     Since there may be too many active threads to fit into one reply
6893
     packet, this query works iteratively: it may require more than one
6894
     query/reply sequence to obtain the entire list of threads.  The
6895
     first query of the sequence will be the `qfThreadInfo' query;
6896
     subsequent queries in the sequence will be the `qsThreadInfo'
6897
     query.
6898
 
6899
     NOTE: This packet replaces the `qL' query (see below).
6900
 
6901
     Reply:
6902
    `m ID'
6903
          A single thread id
6904
 
6905
    `m ID,ID...'
6906
          a comma-separated list of thread ids
6907
 
6908
    `l'
6909
          (lower case letter `L') denotes end of list.
6910
 
6911
     In response to each query, the target will reply with a list of
6912
     one or more thread ids, in big-endian unsigned hex, separated by
6913
     commas.  GDB will respond to each reply with a request for more
6914
     thread ids (using the `qs' form of the query), until the target
6915
     responds with `l' (lower-case el, for "last").
6916
 
6917
`qGetTLSAddr:THREAD-ID,OFFSET,LM'
6918
     Fetch the address associated with thread local storage specified
6919
     by THREAD-ID, OFFSET, and LM.
6920
 
6921
     THREAD-ID is the (big endian, hex encoded) thread id associated
6922
     with the thread for which to fetch the TLS address.
6923
 
6924
     OFFSET is the (big endian, hex encoded) offset associated with the
6925
     thread local variable.  (This offset is obtained from the debug
6926
     information associated with the variable.)
6927
 
6928
     LM is the (big endian, hex encoded) OS/ABI-specific encoding of the
6929
     the load module associated with the thread local storage.  For
6930
     example, a GNU/Linux system will pass the link map address of the
6931
     shared object associated with the thread local storage under
6932
     consideration.  Other operating environments may choose to
6933
     represent the load module differently, so the precise meaning of
6934
     this parameter will vary.
6935
 
6936
     Reply:
6937
    `XX...'
6938
          Hex encoded (big endian) bytes representing the address of
6939
          the thread local storage requested.
6940
 
6941
    `E NN'
6942
          An error occurred.  NN are hex digits.
6943
 
6944
    `'
6945
          An empty reply indicates that `qGetTLSAddr' is not supported
6946
          by the stub.
6947
 
6948
`qL STARTFLAG THREADCOUNT NEXTTHREAD'
6949
     Obtain thread information from RTOS.  Where: STARTFLAG (one hex
6950
     digit) is one to indicate the first query and zero to indicate a
6951
     subsequent query; THREADCOUNT (two hex digits) is the maximum
6952
     number of threads the response packet can contain; and NEXTTHREAD
6953
     (eight hex digits), for subsequent queries (STARTFLAG is zero), is
6954
     returned in the response as ARGTHREAD.
6955
 
6956
     Don't use this packet; use the `qfThreadInfo' query instead (see
6957
     above).
6958
 
6959
     Reply:
6960
    `qM COUNT DONE ARGTHREAD THREAD...'
6961
          Where: COUNT (two hex digits) is the number of threads being
6962
          returned; DONE (one hex digit) is zero to indicate more
6963
          threads and one indicates no further threads; ARGTHREADID
6964
          (eight hex digits) is NEXTTHREAD from the request packet;
6965
          THREAD...  is a sequence of thread IDs from the target.
6966
          THREADID (eight hex digits).  See
6967
          `remote.c:parse_threadlist_response()'.
6968
 
6969
`qOffsets'
6970
     Get section offsets that the target used when relocating the
6971
     downloaded image.
6972
 
6973
     Reply:
6974
    `Text=XXX;Data=YYY[;Bss=ZZZ]'
6975
          Relocate the `Text' section by XXX from its original address.
6976
          Relocate the `Data' section by YYY from its original address.
6977
          If the object file format provides segment information (e.g.
6978
          ELF `PT_LOAD' program headers), GDB will relocate entire
6979
          segments by the supplied offsets.
6980
 
6981
          _Note: while a `Bss' offset may be included in the response,
6982
          GDB ignores this and instead applies the `Data' offset to the
6983
          `Bss' section._
6984
 
6985
    `TextSeg=XXX[;DataSeg=YYY]'
6986
          Relocate the first segment of the object file, which
6987
          conventionally contains program code, to a starting address
6988
          of XXX.  If `DataSeg' is specified, relocate the second
6989
          segment, which conventionally contains modifiable data, to a
6990
          starting address of YYY.  GDB will report an error if the
6991
          object file does not contain segment information, or does not
6992
          contain at least as many segments as mentioned in the reply.
6993
          Extra segments are kept at fixed offsets relative to the last
6994
          relocated segment.
6995
 
6996
`qP MODE THREADID'
6997
     Returns information on THREADID.  Where: MODE is a hex encoded 32
6998
     bit mode; THREADID is a hex encoded 64 bit thread ID.
6999
 
7000
     Don't use this packet; use the `qThreadExtraInfo' query instead
7001
     (see below).
7002
 
7003
     Reply: see `remote.c:remote_unpack_thread_info_response()'.
7004
 
7005
`QPassSignals: SIGNAL [;SIGNAL]...'
7006
     Each listed SIGNAL should be passed directly to the inferior
7007
     process.  Signals are numbered identically to continue packets and
7008
     stop replies (*note Stop Reply Packets::).  Each SIGNAL list item
7009
     should be strictly greater than the previous item.  These signals
7010
     do not need to stop the inferior, or be reported to GDB.  All
7011
     other signals should be reported to GDB.  Multiple `QPassSignals'
7012
     packets do not combine; any earlier `QPassSignals' list is
7013
     completely replaced by the new list.  This packet improves
7014
     performance when using `handle SIGNAL nostop noprint pass'.
7015
 
7016
     Reply:
7017
    `OK'
7018
          The request succeeded.
7019
 
7020
    `E NN'
7021
          An error occurred.  NN are hex digits.
7022
 
7023
    `'
7024
          An empty reply indicates that `QPassSignals' is not supported
7025
          by the stub.
7026
 
7027
     Use of this packet is controlled by the `set remote pass-signals'
7028
     command (*note set remote pass-signals: Remote Configuration.).
7029
     This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must request
7030
     it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response (*note
7031
     qSupported::).
7032
 
7033
`qRcmd,COMMAND'
7034
     COMMAND (hex encoded) is passed to the local interpreter for
7035
     execution.  Invalid commands should be reported using the output
7036
     string.  Before the final result packet, the target may also
7037
     respond with a number of intermediate `OOUTPUT' console output
7038
     packets.  _Implementors should note that providing access to a
7039
     stubs's interpreter may have security implications_.
7040
 
7041
     Reply:
7042
    `OK'
7043
          A command response with no output.
7044
 
7045
    `OUTPUT'
7046
          A command response with the hex encoded output string OUTPUT.
7047
 
7048
    `E NN'
7049
          Indicate a badly formed request.
7050
 
7051
    `'
7052
          An empty reply indicates that `qRcmd' is not recognized.
7053
 
7054
     (Note that the `qRcmd' packet's name is separated from the command
7055
     by a `,', not a `:', contrary to the naming conventions above.
7056
     Please don't use this packet as a model for new packets.)
7057
 
7058
`qSupported [:GDBFEATURE [;GDBFEATURE]... ]'
7059
     Tell the remote stub about features supported by GDB, and query
7060
     the stub for features it supports.  This packet allows GDB and the
7061
     remote stub to take advantage of each others' features.
7062
     `qSupported' also consolidates multiple feature probes at startup,
7063
     to improve GDB performance--a single larger packet performs better
7064
     than multiple smaller probe packets on high-latency links.  Some
7065
     features may enable behavior which must not be on by default, e.g.
7066
     because it would confuse older clients or stubs.  Other features
7067
     may describe packets which could be automatically probed for, but
7068
     are not.  These features must be reported before GDB will use
7069
     them.  This "default unsupported" behavior is not appropriate for
7070
     all packets, but it helps to keep the initial connection time
7071
     under control with new versions of GDB which support increasing
7072
     numbers of packets.
7073
 
7074
     Reply:
7075
    `STUBFEATURE [;STUBFEATURE]...'
7076
          The stub supports or does not support each returned
7077
          STUBFEATURE, depending on the form of each STUBFEATURE (see
7078
          below for the possible forms).
7079
 
7080
    `'
7081
          An empty reply indicates that `qSupported' is not recognized,
7082
          or that no features needed to be reported to GDB.
7083
 
7084
     The allowed forms for each feature (either a GDBFEATURE in the
7085
     `qSupported' packet, or a STUBFEATURE in the response) are:
7086
 
7087
    `NAME=VALUE'
7088
          The remote protocol feature NAME is supported, and associated
7089
          with the specified VALUE.  The format of VALUE depends on the
7090
          feature, but it must not include a semicolon.
7091
 
7092
    `NAME+'
7093
          The remote protocol feature NAME is supported, and does not
7094
          need an associated value.
7095
 
7096
    `NAME-'
7097
          The remote protocol feature NAME is not supported.
7098
 
7099
    `NAME?'
7100
          The remote protocol feature NAME may be supported, and GDB
7101
          should auto-detect support in some other way when it is
7102
          needed.  This form will not be used for GDBFEATURE
7103
          notifications, but may be used for STUBFEATURE responses.
7104
 
7105
     Whenever the stub receives a `qSupported' request, the supplied
7106
     set of GDB features should override any previous request.  This
7107
     allows GDB to put the stub in a known state, even if the stub had
7108
     previously been communicating with a different version of GDB.
7109
 
7110
     No values of GDBFEATURE (for the packet sent by GDB) are defined
7111
     yet.  Stubs should ignore any unknown values for GDBFEATURE.  Any
7112
     GDB which sends a `qSupported' packet supports receiving packets
7113
     of unlimited length (earlier versions of GDB may reject overly
7114
     long responses).  Values for GDBFEATURE may be defined in the
7115
     future to let the stub take advantage of new features in GDB, e.g.
7116
     incompatible improvements in the remote protocol--support for
7117
     unlimited length responses would be a GDBFEATURE example, if it
7118
     were not implied by the `qSupported' query.  The stub's reply
7119
     should be independent of the GDBFEATURE entries sent by GDB; first
7120
     GDB describes all the features it supports, and then the stub
7121
     replies with all the features it supports.
7122
 
7123
     Similarly, GDB will silently ignore unrecognized stub feature
7124
     responses, as long as each response uses one of the standard forms.
7125
 
7126
     Some features are flags.  A stub which supports a flag feature
7127
     should respond with a `+' form response.  Other features require
7128
     values, and the stub should respond with an `=' form response.
7129
 
7130
     Each feature has a default value, which GDB will use if
7131
     `qSupported' is not available or if the feature is not mentioned
7132
     in the `qSupported' response.  The default values are fixed; a
7133
     stub is free to omit any feature responses that match the defaults.
7134
 
7135
     Not all features can be probed, but for those which can, the
7136
     probing mechanism is useful: in some cases, a stub's internal
7137
     architecture may not allow the protocol layer to know some
7138
     information about the underlying target in advance.  This is
7139
     especially common in stubs which may be configured for multiple
7140
     targets.
7141
 
7142
     These are the currently defined stub features and their properties:
7143
 
7144
     Feature Name            Value         Default  Probe Allowed
7145
                             Required
7146
     `PacketSize'            Yes           `-'      No
7147
     `qXfer:auxv:read'       No            `-'      Yes
7148
     `qXfer:features:read'   No            `-'      Yes
7149
     `qXfer:libraries:read'  No            `-'      Yes
7150
     `qXfer:memory-map:read' No            `-'      Yes
7151
     `qXfer:spu:read'        No            `-'      Yes
7152
     `qXfer:spu:write'       No            `-'      Yes
7153
     `QPassSignals'          No            `-'      Yes
7154
 
7155
     These are the currently defined stub features, in more detail:
7156
 
7157
    `PacketSize=BYTES'
7158
          The remote stub can accept packets up to at least BYTES in
7159
          length.  GDB will send packets up to this size for bulk
7160
          transfers, and will never send larger packets.  This is a
7161
          limit on the data characters in the packet, including the
7162
          frame and checksum.  There is no trailing NUL byte in a
7163
          remote protocol packet; if the stub stores packets in a
7164
          NUL-terminated format, it should allow an extra byte in its
7165
          buffer for the NUL.  If this stub feature is not supported,
7166
          GDB guesses based on the size of the `g' packet response.
7167
 
7168
    `qXfer:auxv:read'
7169
          The remote stub understands the `qXfer:auxv:read' packet
7170
          (*note qXfer auxiliary vector read::).
7171
 
7172
    `qXfer:features:read'
7173
          The remote stub understands the `qXfer:features:read' packet
7174
          (*note qXfer target description read::).
7175
 
7176
    `qXfer:libraries:read'
7177
          The remote stub understands the `qXfer:libraries:read' packet
7178
          (*note qXfer library list read::).
7179
 
7180
    `qXfer:memory-map:read'
7181
          The remote stub understands the `qXfer:memory-map:read' packet
7182
          (*note qXfer memory map read::).
7183
 
7184
    `qXfer:spu:read'
7185
          The remote stub understands the `qXfer:spu:read' packet
7186
          (*note qXfer spu read::).
7187
 
7188
    `qXfer:spu:write'
7189
          The remote stub understands the `qXfer:spu:write' packet
7190
          (*note qXfer spu write::).
7191
 
7192
    `QPassSignals'
7193
          The remote stub understands the `QPassSignals' packet (*note
7194
          QPassSignals::).
7195
 
7196
 
7197
`qSymbol::'
7198
     Notify the target that GDB is prepared to serve symbol lookup
7199
     requests.  Accept requests from the target for the values of
7200
     symbols.
7201
 
7202
     Reply:
7203
    `OK'
7204
          The target does not need to look up any (more) symbols.
7205
 
7206
    `qSymbol:SYM_NAME'
7207
          The target requests the value of symbol SYM_NAME (hex
7208
          encoded).  GDB may provide the value by using the
7209
          `qSymbol:SYM_VALUE:SYM_NAME' message, described below.
7210
 
7211
`qSymbol:SYM_VALUE:SYM_NAME'
7212
     Set the value of SYM_NAME to SYM_VALUE.
7213
 
7214
     SYM_NAME (hex encoded) is the name of a symbol whose value the
7215
     target has previously requested.
7216
 
7217
     SYM_VALUE (hex) is the value for symbol SYM_NAME.  If GDB cannot
7218
     supply a value for SYM_NAME, then this field will be empty.
7219
 
7220
     Reply:
7221
    `OK'
7222
          The target does not need to look up any (more) symbols.
7223
 
7224
    `qSymbol:SYM_NAME'
7225
          The target requests the value of a new symbol SYM_NAME (hex
7226
          encoded).  GDB will continue to supply the values of symbols
7227
          (if available), until the target ceases to request them.
7228
 
7229
`QTDP'
7230
`QTFrame'
7231
     *Note Tracepoint Packets::.
7232
 
7233
`qThreadExtraInfo,ID'
7234
     Obtain a printable string description of a thread's attributes from
7235
     the target OS.  ID is a thread-id in big-endian hex.  This string
7236
     may contain anything that the target OS thinks is interesting for
7237
     GDB to tell the user about the thread.  The string is displayed in
7238
     GDB's `info threads' display.  Some examples of possible thread
7239
     extra info strings are `Runnable', or `Blocked on Mutex'.
7240
 
7241
     Reply:
7242
    `XX...'
7243
          Where `XX...' is a hex encoding of ASCII data, comprising the
7244
          printable string containing the extra information about the
7245
          thread's attributes.
7246
 
7247
     (Note that the `qThreadExtraInfo' packet's name is separated from
7248
     the command by a `,', not a `:', contrary to the naming
7249
     conventions above.  Please don't use this packet as a model for new
7250
     packets.)
7251
 
7252
`QTStart'
7253
`QTStop'
7254
`QTinit'
7255
`QTro'
7256
`qTStatus'
7257
     *Note Tracepoint Packets::.
7258
 
7259
`qXfer:OBJECT:read:ANNEX:OFFSET,LENGTH'
7260
     Read uninterpreted bytes from the target's special data area
7261
     identified by the keyword OBJECT.  Request LENGTH bytes starting
7262
     at OFFSET bytes into the data.  The content and encoding of ANNEX
7263
     is specific to OBJECT; it can supply additional details about what
7264
     data to access.
7265
 
7266
     Here are the specific requests of this form defined so far.  All
7267
     `qXfer:OBJECT:read:...' requests use the same reply formats,
7268
     listed below.
7269
 
7270
    `qXfer:auxv:read::OFFSET,LENGTH'
7271
          Access the target's "auxiliary vector".  *Note auxiliary
7272
          vector: OS Information.  Note ANNEX must be empty.
7273
 
7274
          This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must
7275
          request it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response
7276
          (*note qSupported::).
7277
 
7278
    `qXfer:features:read:ANNEX:OFFSET,LENGTH'
7279
          Access the "target description".  *Note Target
7280
          Descriptions::.  The annex specifies which XML document to
7281
          access.  The main description is always loaded from the
7282
          `target.xml' annex.
7283
 
7284
          This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must
7285
          request it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response
7286
          (*note qSupported::).
7287
 
7288
    `qXfer:libraries:read:ANNEX:OFFSET,LENGTH'
7289
          Access the target's list of loaded libraries.  *Note Library
7290
          List Format::.  The annex part of the generic `qXfer' packet
7291
          must be empty (*note qXfer read::).
7292
 
7293
          Targets which maintain a list of libraries in the program's
7294
          memory do not need to implement this packet; it is designed
7295
          for platforms where the operating system manages the list of
7296
          loaded libraries.
7297
 
7298
          This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must
7299
          request it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response
7300
          (*note qSupported::).
7301
 
7302
    `qXfer:memory-map:read::OFFSET,LENGTH'
7303
          Access the target's "memory-map".  *Note Memory Map Format::.
7304
          The annex part of the generic `qXfer' packet must be empty
7305
          (*note qXfer read::).
7306
 
7307
          This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must
7308
          request it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response
7309
          (*note qSupported::).
7310
 
7311
    `qXfer:spu:read:ANNEX:OFFSET,LENGTH'
7312
          Read contents of an `spufs' file on the target system.  The
7313
          annex specifies which file to read; it must be of the form
7314
          `ID/NAME', where ID specifies an SPU context ID in the target
7315
          process, and NAME identifes the `spufs' file in that context
7316
          to be accessed.
7317
 
7318
          This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must
7319
          request it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response
7320
          (*note qSupported::).
7321
 
7322
     Reply:
7323
    `m DATA'
7324
          Data DATA (*note Binary Data::) has been read from the
7325
          target.  There may be more data at a higher address (although
7326
          it is permitted to return `m' even for the last valid block
7327
          of data, as long as at least one byte of data was read).
7328
          DATA may have fewer bytes than the LENGTH in the request.
7329
 
7330
    `l DATA'
7331
          Data DATA (*note Binary Data::) has been read from the target.
7332
          There is no more data to be read.  DATA may have fewer bytes
7333
          than the LENGTH in the request.
7334
 
7335
    `l'
7336
          The OFFSET in the request is at the end of the data.  There
7337
          is no more data to be read.
7338
 
7339
    `E00'
7340
          The request was malformed, or ANNEX was invalid.
7341
 
7342
    `E NN'
7343
          The offset was invalid, or there was an error encountered
7344
          reading the data.  NN is a hex-encoded `errno' value.
7345
 
7346
    `'
7347
          An empty reply indicates the OBJECT string was not recognized
7348
          by the stub, or that the object does not support reading.
7349
 
7350
`qXfer:OBJECT:write:ANNEX:OFFSET:DATA...'
7351
     Write uninterpreted bytes into the target's special data area
7352
     identified by the keyword OBJECT, starting at OFFSET bytes into
7353
     the data.  DATA... is the binary-encoded data (*note Binary
7354
     Data::) to be written.  The content and encoding of ANNEX is
7355
     specific to OBJECT; it can supply additional details about what
7356
     data to access.
7357
 
7358
     Here are the specific requests of this form defined so far.  All
7359
     `qXfer:OBJECT:write:...' requests use the same reply formats,
7360
     listed below.
7361
 
7362
    `qXfer:SPU:write:ANNEX:OFFSET:DATA...'
7363
          Write DATA to an `spufs' file on the target system.  The
7364
          annex specifies which file to write; it must be of the form
7365
          `ID/NAME', where ID specifies an SPU context ID in the target
7366
          process, and NAME identifes the `spufs' file in that context
7367
          to be accessed.
7368
 
7369
          This packet is not probed by default; the remote stub must
7370
          request it, by supplying an appropriate `qSupported' response
7371
          (*note qSupported::).
7372
 
7373
     Reply:
7374
    `NN'
7375
          NN (hex encoded) is the number of bytes written.  This may be
7376
          fewer bytes than supplied in the request.
7377
 
7378
    `E00'
7379
          The request was malformed, or ANNEX was invalid.
7380
 
7381
    `E NN'
7382
          The offset was invalid, or there was an error encountered
7383
          writing the data.  NN is a hex-encoded `errno' value.
7384
 
7385
    `'
7386
          An empty reply indicates the OBJECT string was not recognized
7387
          by the stub, or that the object does not support writing.
7388
 
7389
`qXfer:OBJECT:OPERATION:...'
7390
     Requests of this form may be added in the future.  When a stub does
7391
     not recognize the OBJECT keyword, or its support for OBJECT does
7392
     not recognize the OPERATION keyword, the stub must respond with an
7393
     empty packet.
7394
 
7395
 
7396
   ---------- Footnotes ----------
7397
 
7398
   (1) The `qP' and `qL' packets predate these conventions, and have
7399
arguments without any terminator for the packet name; we suspect they
7400
are in widespread use in places that are difficult to upgrade.  The
7401
`qC' packet has no arguments, but some existing stubs (e.g. RedBoot)
7402
are known to not check for the end of the packet.
7403
 
7404

7405
File: gdb.info,  Node: Register Packet Format,  Next: Tracepoint Packets,  Prev: General Query Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol
7406
 
7407
D.5 Register Packet Format
7408
==========================
7409
 
7410
The following `g'/`G' packets have previously been defined.  In the
7411
below, some thirty-two bit registers are transferred as sixty-four
7412
bits.  Those registers should be zero/sign extended (which?)  to fill
7413
the space allocated.  Register bytes are transferred in target byte
7414
order.  The two nibbles within a register byte are transferred
7415
most-significant - least-significant.
7416
 
7417
MIPS32
7418
     All registers are transferred as thirty-two bit quantities in the
7419
     order: 32 general-purpose; sr; lo; hi; bad; cause; pc; 32
7420
     floating-point registers; fsr; fir; fp.
7421
 
7422
MIPS64
7423
     All registers are transferred as sixty-four bit quantities
7424
     (including thirty-two bit registers such as `sr').  The ordering
7425
     is the same as `MIPS32'.
7426
 
7427
 
7428

7429
File: gdb.info,  Node: Tracepoint Packets,  Next: Host I/O Packets,  Prev: Register Packet Format,  Up: Remote Protocol
7430
 
7431
D.6 Tracepoint Packets
7432
======================
7433
 
7434
Here we describe the packets GDB uses to implement tracepoints (*note
7435
Tracepoints::).
7436
 
7437
`QTDP:N:ADDR:ENA:STEP:PASS[-]'
7438
     Create a new tracepoint, number N, at ADDR.  If ENA is `E', then
7439
     the tracepoint is enabled; if it is `D', then the tracepoint is
7440
     disabled.  STEP is the tracepoint's step count, and PASS is its
7441
     pass count.  If the trailing `-' is present, further `QTDP'
7442
     packets will follow to specify this tracepoint's actions.
7443
 
7444
     Replies:
7445
    `OK'
7446
          The packet was understood and carried out.
7447
 
7448
    `'
7449
          The packet was not recognized.
7450
 
7451
`QTDP:-N:ADDR:[S]ACTION...[-]'
7452
     Define actions to be taken when a tracepoint is hit.  N and ADDR
7453
     must be the same as in the initial `QTDP' packet for this
7454
     tracepoint.  This packet may only be sent immediately after
7455
     another `QTDP' packet that ended with a `-'.  If the trailing `-'
7456
     is present, further `QTDP' packets will follow, specifying more
7457
     actions for this tracepoint.
7458
 
7459
     In the series of action packets for a given tracepoint, at most one
7460
     can have an `S' before its first ACTION.  If such a packet is
7461
     sent, it and the following packets define "while-stepping"
7462
     actions.  Any prior packets define ordinary actions -- that is,
7463
     those taken when the tracepoint is first hit.  If no action packet
7464
     has an `S', then all the packets in the series specify ordinary
7465
     tracepoint actions.
7466
 
7467
     The `ACTION...' portion of the packet is a series of actions,
7468
     concatenated without separators.  Each action has one of the
7469
     following forms:
7470
 
7471
    `R MASK'
7472
          Collect the registers whose bits are set in MASK.  MASK is a
7473
          hexadecimal number whose I'th bit is set if register number I
7474
          should be collected.  (The least significant bit is numbered
7475
          zero.)  Note that MASK may be any number of digits long; it
7476
          may not fit in a 32-bit word.
7477
 
7478
    `M BASEREG,OFFSET,LEN'
7479
          Collect LEN bytes of memory starting at the address in
7480
          register number BASEREG, plus OFFSET.  If BASEREG is `-1',
7481
          then the range has a fixed address: OFFSET is the address of
7482
          the lowest byte to collect.  The BASEREG, OFFSET, and LEN
7483
          parameters are all unsigned hexadecimal values (the `-1'
7484
          value for BASEREG is a special case).
7485
 
7486
    `X LEN,EXPR'
7487
          Evaluate EXPR, whose length is LEN, and collect memory as it
7488
          directs.  EXPR is an agent expression, as described in *Note
7489
          Agent Expressions::.  Each byte of the expression is encoded
7490
          as a two-digit hex number in the packet; LEN is the number of
7491
          bytes in the expression (and thus one-half the number of hex
7492
          digits in the packet).
7493
 
7494
 
7495
     Any number of actions may be packed together in a single `QTDP'
7496
     packet, as long as the packet does not exceed the maximum packet
7497
     length (400 bytes, for many stubs).  There may be only one `R'
7498
     action per tracepoint, and it must precede any `M' or `X' actions.
7499
     Any registers referred to by `M' and `X' actions must be
7500
     collected by a preceding `R' action.  (The "while-stepping"
7501
     actions are treated as if they were attached to a separate
7502
     tracepoint, as far as these restrictions are concerned.)
7503
 
7504
     Replies:
7505
    `OK'
7506
          The packet was understood and carried out.
7507
 
7508
    `'
7509
          The packet was not recognized.
7510
 
7511
`QTFrame:N'
7512
     Select the N'th tracepoint frame from the buffer, and use the
7513
     register and memory contents recorded there to answer subsequent
7514
     request packets from GDB.
7515
 
7516
     A successful reply from the stub indicates that the stub has found
7517
     the requested frame.  The response is a series of parts,
7518
     concatenated without separators, describing the frame we selected.
7519
     Each part has one of the following forms:
7520
 
7521
    `F F'
7522
          The selected frame is number N in the trace frame buffer; F
7523
          is a hexadecimal number.  If F is `-1', then there was no
7524
          frame matching the criteria in the request packet.
7525
 
7526
    `T T'
7527
          The selected trace frame records a hit of tracepoint number T;
7528
          T is a hexadecimal number.
7529
 
7530
 
7531
`QTFrame:pc:ADDR'
7532
     Like `QTFrame:N', but select the first tracepoint frame after the
7533
     currently selected frame whose PC is ADDR; ADDR is a hexadecimal
7534
     number.
7535
 
7536
`QTFrame:tdp:T'
7537
     Like `QTFrame:N', but select the first tracepoint frame after the
7538
     currently selected frame that is a hit of tracepoint T; T is a
7539
     hexadecimal number.
7540
 
7541
`QTFrame:range:START:END'
7542
     Like `QTFrame:N', but select the first tracepoint frame after the
7543
     currently selected frame whose PC is between START (inclusive) and
7544
     END (exclusive); START and END are hexadecimal numbers.
7545
 
7546
`QTFrame:outside:START:END'
7547
     Like `QTFrame:range:START:END', but select the first frame
7548
     _outside_ the given range of addresses.
7549
 
7550
`QTStart'
7551
     Begin the tracepoint experiment.  Begin collecting data from
7552
     tracepoint hits in the trace frame buffer.
7553
 
7554
`QTStop'
7555
     End the tracepoint experiment.  Stop collecting trace frames.
7556
 
7557
`QTinit'
7558
     Clear the table of tracepoints, and empty the trace frame buffer.
7559
 
7560
`QTro:START1,END1:START2,END2:...'
7561
     Establish the given ranges of memory as "transparent".  The stub
7562
     will answer requests for these ranges from memory's current
7563
     contents, if they were not collected as part of the tracepoint hit.
7564
 
7565
     GDB uses this to mark read-only regions of memory, like those
7566
     containing program code.  Since these areas never change, they
7567
     should still have the same contents they did when the tracepoint
7568
     was hit, so there's no reason for the stub to refuse to provide
7569
     their contents.
7570
 
7571
`qTStatus'
7572
     Ask the stub if there is a trace experiment running right now.
7573
 
7574
     Replies:
7575
    `T0'
7576
          There is no trace experiment running.
7577
 
7578
    `T1'
7579
          There is a trace experiment running.
7580
 
7581
 
7582

7583
File: gdb.info,  Node: Host I/O Packets,  Next: Interrupts,  Prev: Tracepoint Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol
7584
 
7585
D.7 Host I/O Packets
7586
====================
7587
 
7588
The "Host I/O" packets allow GDB to perform I/O operations on the far
7589
side of a remote link.  For example, Host I/O is used to upload and
7590
download files to a remote target with its own filesystem.  Host I/O
7591
uses the same constant values and data structure layout as the
7592
target-initiated File-I/O protocol.  However, the Host I/O packets are
7593
structured differently.  The target-initiated protocol relies on target
7594
memory to store parameters and buffers.  Host I/O requests are
7595
initiated by GDB, and the target's memory is not involved.  *Note
7596
File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension::, for more details on the
7597
target-initiated protocol.
7598
 
7599
   The Host I/O request packets all encode a single operation along with
7600
its arguments.  They have this format:
7601
 
7602
`vFile:OPERATION: PARAMETER...'
7603
     OPERATION is the name of the particular request; the target should
7604
     compare the entire packet name up to the second colon when checking
7605
     for a supported operation.  The format of PARAMETER depends on the
7606
     operation.  Numbers are always passed in hexadecimal.  Negative
7607
     numbers have an explicit minus sign (i.e. two's complement is not
7608
     used).  Strings (e.g. filenames) are encoded as a series of
7609
     hexadecimal bytes.  The last argument to a system call may be a
7610
     buffer of escaped binary data (*note Binary Data::).
7611
 
7612
 
7613
   The valid responses to Host I/O packets are:
7614
 
7615
`F RESULT [, ERRNO] [; ATTACHMENT]'
7616
     RESULT is the integer value returned by this operation, usually
7617
     non-negative for success and -1 for errors.  If an error has
7618
     occured, ERRNO will be included in the result.  ERRNO will have a
7619
     value defined by the File-I/O protocol (*note Errno Values::).  For
7620
     operations which return data, ATTACHMENT supplies the data as a
7621
     binary buffer.  Binary buffers in response packets are escaped in
7622
     the normal way (*note Binary Data::).  See the individual packet
7623
     documentation for the interpretation of RESULT and ATTACHMENT.
7624
 
7625
`'
7626
     An empty response indicates that this operation is not recognized.
7627
 
7628
 
7629
   These are the supported Host I/O operations:
7630
 
7631
`vFile:open: PATHNAME, FLAGS, MODE'
7632
     Open a file at PATHNAME and return a file descriptor for it, or
7633
     return -1 if an error occurs.  PATHNAME is a string, FLAGS is an
7634
     integer indicating a mask of open flags (*note Open Flags::), and
7635
     MODE is an integer indicating a mask of mode bits to use if the
7636
     file is created (*note mode_t Values::).  *Note open::, for
7637
     details of the open flags and mode values.
7638
 
7639
`vFile:close: FD'
7640
     Close the open file corresponding to FD and return 0, or -1 if an
7641
     error occurs.
7642
 
7643
`vFile:pread: FD, COUNT, OFFSET'
7644
     Read data from the open file corresponding to FD.  Up to COUNT
7645
     bytes will be read from the file, starting at OFFSET relative to
7646
     the start of the file.  The target may read fewer bytes; common
7647
     reasons include packet size limits and an end-of-file condition.
7648
     The number of bytes read is returned.  Zero should only be
7649
     returned for a successful read at the end of the file, or if COUNT
7650
     was zero.
7651
 
7652
     The data read should be returned as a binary attachment on success.
7653
     If zero bytes were read, the response should include an empty
7654
     binary attachment (i.e. a trailing semicolon).  The return value
7655
     is the number of target bytes read; the binary attachment may be
7656
     longer if some characters were escaped.
7657
 
7658
`vFile:pwrite: FD, OFFSET, DATA'
7659
     Write DATA (a binary buffer) to the open file corresponding to FD.
7660
     Start the write at OFFSET from the start of the file.  Unlike
7661
     many `write' system calls, there is no separate COUNT argument;
7662
     the length of DATA in the packet is used.  `vFile:write' returns
7663
     the number of bytes written, which may be shorter than the length
7664
     of DATA, or -1 if an error occurred.
7665
 
7666
`vFile:unlink: PATHNAME'
7667
     Delete the file at PATHNAME on the target.  Return 0, or -1 if an
7668
     error occurs.  PATHNAME is a string.
7669
 
7670
 
7671

7672
File: gdb.info,  Node: Interrupts,  Next: Examples,  Prev: Host I/O Packets,  Up: Remote Protocol
7673
 
7674
D.8 Interrupts
7675
==============
7676
 
7677
When a program on the remote target is running, GDB may attempt to
7678
interrupt it by sending a `Ctrl-C' or a `BREAK', control of which is
7679
specified via GDB's `remotebreak' setting (*note set remotebreak::).
7680
 
7681
   The precise meaning of `BREAK' is defined by the transport mechanism
7682
and may, in fact, be undefined.  GDB does not currently define a
7683
`BREAK' mechanism for any of the network interfaces.
7684
 
7685
   `Ctrl-C', on the other hand, is defined and implemented for all
7686
transport mechanisms.  It is represented by sending the single byte
7687
`0x03' without any of the usual packet overhead described in the
7688
Overview section (*note Overview::).  When a `0x03' byte is transmitted
7689
as part of a packet, it is considered to be packet data and does _not_
7690
represent an interrupt.  E.g., an `X' packet (*note X packet::), used
7691
for binary downloads, may include an unescaped `0x03' as part of its
7692
packet.
7693
 
7694
   Stubs are not required to recognize these interrupt mechanisms and
7695
the precise meaning associated with receipt of the interrupt is
7696
implementation defined.  If the stub is successful at interrupting the
7697
running program, it is expected that it will send one of the Stop Reply
7698
Packets (*note Stop Reply Packets::) to GDB as a result of successfully
7699
stopping the program.  Interrupts received while the program is stopped
7700
will be discarded.
7701
 
7702

7703
File: gdb.info,  Node: Examples,  Next: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension,  Prev: Interrupts,  Up: Remote Protocol
7704
 
7705
D.9 Examples
7706
============
7707
 
7708
Example sequence of a target being re-started.  Notice how the restart
7709
does not get any direct output:
7710
 
7711
     -> `R00'
7712
     <- `+'
7713
     _target restarts_
7714
     -> `?'
7715
     <- `+'
7716
     <- `T001:1234123412341234'
7717
     -> `+'
7718
 
7719
   Example sequence of a target being stepped by a single instruction:
7720
 
7721
     -> `G1445...'
7722
     <- `+'
7723
     -> `s'
7724
     <- `+'
7725
     _time passes_
7726
     <- `T001:1234123412341234'
7727
     -> `+'
7728
     -> `g'
7729
     <- `+'
7730
     <- `1455...'
7731
     -> `+'
7732
 
7733

7734
File: gdb.info,  Node: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension,  Next: Library List Format,  Prev: Examples,  Up: Remote Protocol
7735
 
7736
D.10 File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7737
=======================================
7738
 
7739
* Menu:
7740
 
7741
* File-I/O Overview::
7742
* Protocol Basics::
7743
* The F Request Packet::
7744
* The F Reply Packet::
7745
* The Ctrl-C Message::
7746
* Console I/O::
7747
* List of Supported Calls::
7748
* Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes::
7749
* Constants::
7750
* File-I/O Examples::
7751
 
7752

7753
File: gdb.info,  Node: File-I/O Overview,  Next: Protocol Basics,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7754
 
7755
D.10.1 File-I/O Overview
7756
------------------------
7757
 
7758
The "File I/O remote protocol extension" (short: File-I/O) allows the
7759
target to use the host's file system and console I/O to perform various
7760
system calls.  System calls on the target system are translated into a
7761
remote protocol packet to the host system, which then performs the
7762
needed actions and returns a response packet to the target system.
7763
This simulates file system operations even on targets that lack file
7764
systems.
7765
 
7766
   The protocol is defined to be independent of both the host and
7767
target systems.  It uses its own internal representation of datatypes
7768
and values.  Both GDB and the target's GDB stub are responsible for
7769
translating the system-dependent value representations into the internal
7770
protocol representations when data is transmitted.
7771
 
7772
   The communication is synchronous.  A system call is possible only
7773
when GDB is waiting for a response from the `C', `c', `S' or `s'
7774
packets.  While GDB handles the request for a system call, the target
7775
is stopped to allow deterministic access to the target's memory.
7776
Therefore File-I/O is not interruptible by target signals.  On the
7777
other hand, it is possible to interrupt File-I/O by a user interrupt
7778
(`Ctrl-C') within GDB.
7779
 
7780
   The target's request to perform a host system call does not finish
7781
the latest `C', `c', `S' or `s' action.  That means, after finishing
7782
the system call, the target returns to continuing the previous activity
7783
(continue, step).  No additional continue or step request from GDB is
7784
required.
7785
 
7786
     (gdb) continue
7787
       <- target requests 'system call X'
7788
       target is stopped, GDB executes system call
7789
       -> GDB returns result
7790
       ... target continues, GDB returns to wait for the target
7791
       <- target hits breakpoint and sends a Txx packet
7792
 
7793
   The protocol only supports I/O on the console and to regular files on
7794
the host file system.  Character or block special devices, pipes, named
7795
pipes, sockets or any other communication method on the host system are
7796
not supported by this protocol.
7797
 
7798

7799
File: gdb.info,  Node: Protocol Basics,  Next: The F Request Packet,  Prev: File-I/O Overview,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7800
 
7801
D.10.2 Protocol Basics
7802
----------------------
7803
 
7804
The File-I/O protocol uses the `F' packet as the request as well as
7805
reply packet.  Since a File-I/O system call can only occur when GDB is
7806
waiting for a response from the continuing or stepping target, the
7807
File-I/O request is a reply that GDB has to expect as a result of a
7808
previous `C', `c', `S' or `s' packet.  This `F' packet contains all
7809
information needed to allow GDB to call the appropriate host system
7810
call:
7811
 
7812
   * A unique identifier for the requested system call.
7813
 
7814
   * All parameters to the system call.  Pointers are given as addresses
7815
     in the target memory address space.  Pointers to strings are given
7816
     as pointer/length pair.  Numerical values are given as they are.
7817
     Numerical control flags are given in a protocol-specific
7818
     representation.
7819
 
7820
 
7821
   At this point, GDB has to perform the following actions.
7822
 
7823
   * If the parameters include pointer values to data needed as input
7824
     to a system call, GDB requests this data from the target with a
7825
     standard `m' packet request.  This additional communication has to
7826
     be expected by the target implementation and is handled as any
7827
     other `m' packet.
7828
 
7829
   * GDB translates all value from protocol representation to host
7830
     representation as needed.  Datatypes are coerced into the host
7831
     types.
7832
 
7833
   * GDB calls the system call.
7834
 
7835
   * It then coerces datatypes back to protocol representation.
7836
 
7837
   * If the system call is expected to return data in buffer space
7838
     specified by pointer parameters to the call, the data is
7839
     transmitted to the target using a `M' or `X' packet.  This packet
7840
     has to be expected by the target implementation and is handled as
7841
     any other `M' or `X' packet.
7842
 
7843
 
7844
   Eventually GDB replies with another `F' packet which contains all
7845
necessary information for the target to continue.  This at least
7846
contains
7847
 
7848
   * Return value.
7849
 
7850
   * `errno', if has been changed by the system call.
7851
 
7852
   * "Ctrl-C" flag.
7853
 
7854
 
7855
   After having done the needed type and value coercion, the target
7856
continues the latest continue or step action.
7857
 
7858

7859
File: gdb.info,  Node: The F Request Packet,  Next: The F Reply Packet,  Prev: Protocol Basics,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7860
 
7861
D.10.3 The `F' Request Packet
7862
-----------------------------
7863
 
7864
The `F' request packet has the following format:
7865
 
7866
`FCALL-ID,PARAMETER...'
7867
     CALL-ID is the identifier to indicate the host system call to be
7868
     called.  This is just the name of the function.
7869
 
7870
     PARAMETER... are the parameters to the system call.  Parameters
7871
     are hexadecimal integer values, either the actual values in case
7872
     of scalar datatypes, pointers to target buffer space in case of
7873
     compound datatypes and unspecified memory areas, or pointer/length
7874
     pairs in case of string parameters.  These are appended to the
7875
     CALL-ID as a comma-delimited list.  All values are transmitted in
7876
     ASCII string representation, pointer/length pairs separated by a
7877
     slash.
7878
 
7879
 
7880

7881
File: gdb.info,  Node: The F Reply Packet,  Next: The Ctrl-C Message,  Prev: The F Request Packet,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7882
 
7883
D.10.4 The `F' Reply Packet
7884
---------------------------
7885
 
7886
The `F' reply packet has the following format:
7887
 
7888
`FRETCODE,ERRNO,CTRL-C FLAG;CALL-SPECIFIC ATTACHMENT'
7889
     RETCODE is the return code of the system call as hexadecimal value.
7890
 
7891
     ERRNO is the `errno' set by the call, in protocol-specific
7892
     representation.  This parameter can be omitted if the call was
7893
     successful.
7894
 
7895
     CTRL-C FLAG is only sent if the user requested a break.  In this
7896
     case, ERRNO must be sent as well, even if the call was successful.
7897
     The CTRL-C FLAG itself consists of the character `C':
7898
 
7899
          F0,0,C
7900
 
7901
     or, if the call was interrupted before the host call has been
7902
     performed:
7903
 
7904
          F-1,4,C
7905
 
7906
     assuming 4 is the protocol-specific representation of `EINTR'.
7907
 
7908
 
7909

7910
File: gdb.info,  Node: The Ctrl-C Message,  Next: Console I/O,  Prev: The F Reply Packet,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7911
 
7912
D.10.5 The `Ctrl-C' Message
7913
---------------------------
7914
 
7915
If the `Ctrl-C' flag is set in the GDB reply packet (*note The F Reply
7916
Packet::), the target should behave as if it had gotten a break
7917
message.  The meaning for the target is "system call interrupted by
7918
`SIGINT'".  Consequentially, the target should actually stop (as with a
7919
break message) and return to GDB with a `T02' packet.
7920
 
7921
   It's important for the target to know in which state the system call
7922
was interrupted.  There are two possible cases:
7923
 
7924
   * The system call hasn't been performed on the host yet.
7925
 
7926
   * The system call on the host has been finished.
7927
 
7928
 
7929
   These two states can be distinguished by the target by the value of
7930
the returned `errno'.  If it's the protocol representation of `EINTR',
7931
the system call hasn't been performed.  This is equivalent to the
7932
`EINTR' handling on POSIX systems.  In any other case, the target may
7933
presume that the system call has been finished -- successfully or not
7934
-- and should behave as if the break message arrived right after the
7935
system call.
7936
 
7937
   GDB must behave reliably.  If the system call has not been called
7938
yet, GDB may send the `F' reply immediately, setting `EINTR' as `errno'
7939
in the packet.  If the system call on the host has been finished before
7940
the user requests a break, the full action must be finished by GDB.
7941
This requires sending `M' or `X' packets as necessary.  The `F' packet
7942
may only be sent when either nothing has happened or the full action
7943
has been completed.
7944
 
7945

7946
File: gdb.info,  Node: Console I/O,  Next: List of Supported Calls,  Prev: The Ctrl-C Message,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7947
 
7948
D.10.6 Console I/O
7949
------------------
7950
 
7951
By default and if not explicitly closed by the target system, the file
7952
descriptors 0, 1 and 2 are connected to the GDB console.  Output on the
7953
GDB console is handled as any other file output operation (`write(1,
7954
...)' or `write(2, ...)').  Console input is handled by GDB so that
7955
after the target read request from file descriptor 0 all following
7956
typing is buffered until either one of the following conditions is met:
7957
 
7958
   * The user types `Ctrl-c'.  The behaviour is as explained above, and
7959
     the `read' system call is treated as finished.
7960
 
7961
   * The user presses .  This is treated as end of input with a
7962
     trailing newline.
7963
 
7964
   * The user types `Ctrl-d'.  This is treated as end of input.  No
7965
     trailing character (neither newline nor `Ctrl-D') is appended to
7966
     the input.
7967
 
7968
 
7969
   If the user has typed more characters than fit in the buffer given to
7970
the `read' call, the trailing characters are buffered in GDB until
7971
either another `read(0, ...)' is requested by the target, or debugging
7972
is stopped at the user's request.
7973
 
7974

7975
File: gdb.info,  Node: List of Supported Calls,  Next: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes,  Prev: Console I/O,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
7976
 
7977
D.10.7 List of Supported Calls
7978
------------------------------
7979
 
7980
* Menu:
7981
 
7982
* open::
7983
* close::
7984
* read::
7985
* write::
7986
* lseek::
7987
* rename::
7988
* unlink::
7989
* stat/fstat::
7990
* gettimeofday::
7991
* isatty::
7992
* system::
7993
 
7994

7995
File: gdb.info,  Node: open,  Next: close,  Up: List of Supported Calls
7996
 
7997
open
7998
....
7999
 
8000
Synopsis:
8001
          int open(const char *pathname, int flags);
8002
          int open(const char *pathname, int flags, mode_t mode);
8003
 
8004
Request:
8005
     `Fopen,PATHPTR/LEN,FLAGS,MODE'
8006
 
8007
     FLAGS is the bitwise `OR' of the following values:
8008
 
8009
    `O_CREAT'
8010
          If the file does not exist it will be created.  The host
8011
          rules apply as far as file ownership and time stamps are
8012
          concerned.
8013
 
8014
    `O_EXCL'
8015
          When used with `O_CREAT', if the file already exists it is an
8016
          error and open() fails.
8017
 
8018
    `O_TRUNC'
8019
          If the file already exists and the open mode allows writing
8020
          (`O_RDWR' or `O_WRONLY' is given) it will be truncated to
8021
          zero length.
8022
 
8023
    `O_APPEND'
8024
          The file is opened in append mode.
8025
 
8026
    `O_RDONLY'
8027
          The file is opened for reading only.
8028
 
8029
    `O_WRONLY'
8030
          The file is opened for writing only.
8031
 
8032
    `O_RDWR'
8033
          The file is opened for reading and writing.
8034
 
8035
     Other bits are silently ignored.
8036
 
8037
     MODE is the bitwise `OR' of the following values:
8038
 
8039
    `S_IRUSR'
8040
          User has read permission.
8041
 
8042
    `S_IWUSR'
8043
          User has write permission.
8044
 
8045
    `S_IRGRP'
8046
          Group has read permission.
8047
 
8048
    `S_IWGRP'
8049
          Group has write permission.
8050
 
8051
    `S_IROTH'
8052
          Others have read permission.
8053
 
8054
    `S_IWOTH'
8055
          Others have write permission.
8056
 
8057
     Other bits are silently ignored.
8058
 
8059
Return value:
8060
     `open' returns the new file descriptor or -1 if an error occurred.
8061
 
8062
Errors:
8063
 
8064
    `EEXIST'
8065
          PATHNAME already exists and `O_CREAT' and `O_EXCL' were used.
8066
 
8067
    `EISDIR'
8068
          PATHNAME refers to a directory.
8069
 
8070
    `EACCES'
8071
          The requested access is not allowed.
8072
 
8073
    `ENAMETOOLONG'
8074
          PATHNAME was too long.
8075
 
8076
    `ENOENT'
8077
          A directory component in PATHNAME does not exist.
8078
 
8079
    `ENODEV'
8080
          PATHNAME refers to a device, pipe, named pipe or socket.
8081
 
8082
    `EROFS'
8083
          PATHNAME refers to a file on a read-only filesystem and write
8084
          access was requested.
8085
 
8086
    `EFAULT'
8087
          PATHNAME is an invalid pointer value.
8088
 
8089
    `ENOSPC'
8090
          No space on device to create the file.
8091
 
8092
    `EMFILE'
8093
          The process already has the maximum number of files open.
8094
 
8095
    `ENFILE'
8096
          The limit on the total number of files open on the system has
8097
          been reached.
8098
 
8099
    `EINTR'
8100
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8101
 
8102
 
8103

8104
File: gdb.info,  Node: close,  Next: read,  Prev: open,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8105
 
8106
close
8107
.....
8108
 
8109
Synopsis:
8110
          int close(int fd);
8111
 
8112
Request:
8113
     `Fclose,FD'
8114
 
8115
Return value:
8116
     `close' returns zero on success, or -1 if an error occurred.
8117
 
8118
Errors:
8119
 
8120
    `EBADF'
8121
          FD isn't a valid open file descriptor.
8122
 
8123
    `EINTR'
8124
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8125
 
8126
 
8127

8128
File: gdb.info,  Node: read,  Next: write,  Prev: close,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8129
 
8130
read
8131
....
8132
 
8133
Synopsis:
8134
          int read(int fd, void *buf, unsigned int count);
8135
 
8136
Request:
8137
     `Fread,FD,BUFPTR,COUNT'
8138
 
8139
Return value:
8140
     On success, the number of bytes read is returned.  Zero indicates
8141
     end of file.  If count is zero, read returns zero as well.  On
8142
     error, -1 is returned.
8143
 
8144
Errors:
8145
 
8146
    `EBADF'
8147
          FD is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for reading.
8148
 
8149
    `EFAULT'
8150
          BUFPTR is an invalid pointer value.
8151
 
8152
    `EINTR'
8153
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8154
 
8155
 
8156

8157
File: gdb.info,  Node: write,  Next: lseek,  Prev: read,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8158
 
8159
write
8160
.....
8161
 
8162
Synopsis:
8163
          int write(int fd, const void *buf, unsigned int count);
8164
 
8165
Request:
8166
     `Fwrite,FD,BUFPTR,COUNT'
8167
 
8168
Return value:
8169
     On success, the number of bytes written are returned.  Zero
8170
     indicates nothing was written.  On error, -1 is returned.
8171
 
8172
Errors:
8173
 
8174
    `EBADF'
8175
          FD is not a valid file descriptor or is not open for writing.
8176
 
8177
    `EFAULT'
8178
          BUFPTR is an invalid pointer value.
8179
 
8180
    `EFBIG'
8181
          An attempt was made to write a file that exceeds the
8182
          host-specific maximum file size allowed.
8183
 
8184
    `ENOSPC'
8185
          No space on device to write the data.
8186
 
8187
    `EINTR'
8188
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8189
 
8190
 
8191

8192
File: gdb.info,  Node: lseek,  Next: rename,  Prev: write,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8193
 
8194
lseek
8195
.....
8196
 
8197
Synopsis:
8198
          long lseek (int fd, long offset, int flag);
8199
 
8200
Request:
8201
     `Flseek,FD,OFFSET,FLAG'
8202
 
8203
     FLAG is one of:
8204
 
8205
    `SEEK_SET'
8206
          The offset is set to OFFSET bytes.
8207
 
8208
    `SEEK_CUR'
8209
          The offset is set to its current location plus OFFSET bytes.
8210
 
8211
    `SEEK_END'
8212
          The offset is set to the size of the file plus OFFSET bytes.
8213
 
8214
Return value:
8215
     On success, the resulting unsigned offset in bytes from the
8216
     beginning of the file is returned.  Otherwise, a value of -1 is
8217
     returned.
8218
 
8219
Errors:
8220
 
8221
    `EBADF'
8222
          FD is not a valid open file descriptor.
8223
 
8224
    `ESPIPE'
8225
          FD is associated with the GDB console.
8226
 
8227
    `EINVAL'
8228
          FLAG is not a proper value.
8229
 
8230
    `EINTR'
8231
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8232
 
8233
 
8234

8235
File: gdb.info,  Node: rename,  Next: unlink,  Prev: lseek,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8236
 
8237
rename
8238
......
8239
 
8240
Synopsis:
8241
          int rename(const char *oldpath, const char *newpath);
8242
 
8243
Request:
8244
     `Frename,OLDPATHPTR/LEN,NEWPATHPTR/LEN'
8245
 
8246
Return value:
8247
     On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.
8248
 
8249
Errors:
8250
 
8251
    `EISDIR'
8252
          NEWPATH is an existing directory, but OLDPATH is not a
8253
          directory.
8254
 
8255
    `EEXIST'
8256
          NEWPATH is a non-empty directory.
8257
 
8258
    `EBUSY'
8259
          OLDPATH or NEWPATH is a directory that is in use by some
8260
          process.
8261
 
8262
    `EINVAL'
8263
          An attempt was made to make a directory a subdirectory of
8264
          itself.
8265
 
8266
    `ENOTDIR'
8267
          A  component used as a directory in OLDPATH or new path is
8268
          not a directory.  Or OLDPATH is a directory and NEWPATH
8269
          exists but is not a directory.
8270
 
8271
    `EFAULT'
8272
          OLDPATHPTR or NEWPATHPTR are invalid pointer values.
8273
 
8274
    `EACCES'
8275
          No access to the file or the path of the file.
8276
 
8277
    `ENAMETOOLONG'
8278
          OLDPATH or NEWPATH was too long.
8279
 
8280
    `ENOENT'
8281
          A directory component in OLDPATH or NEWPATH does not exist.
8282
 
8283
    `EROFS'
8284
          The file is on a read-only filesystem.
8285
 
8286
    `ENOSPC'
8287
          The device containing the file has no room for the new
8288
          directory entry.
8289
 
8290
    `EINTR'
8291
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8292
 
8293
 
8294

8295
File: gdb.info,  Node: unlink,  Next: stat/fstat,  Prev: rename,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8296
 
8297
unlink
8298
......
8299
 
8300
Synopsis:
8301
          int unlink(const char *pathname);
8302
 
8303
Request:
8304
     `Funlink,PATHNAMEPTR/LEN'
8305
 
8306
Return value:
8307
     On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.
8308
 
8309
Errors:
8310
 
8311
    `EACCES'
8312
          No access to the file or the path of the file.
8313
 
8314
    `EPERM'
8315
          The system does not allow unlinking of directories.
8316
 
8317
    `EBUSY'
8318
          The file PATHNAME cannot be unlinked because it's being used
8319
          by another process.
8320
 
8321
    `EFAULT'
8322
          PATHNAMEPTR is an invalid pointer value.
8323
 
8324
    `ENAMETOOLONG'
8325
          PATHNAME was too long.
8326
 
8327
    `ENOENT'
8328
          A directory component in PATHNAME does not exist.
8329
 
8330
    `ENOTDIR'
8331
          A component of the path is not a directory.
8332
 
8333
    `EROFS'
8334
          The file is on a read-only filesystem.
8335
 
8336
    `EINTR'
8337
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8338
 
8339
 
8340

8341
File: gdb.info,  Node: stat/fstat,  Next: gettimeofday,  Prev: unlink,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8342
 
8343
stat/fstat
8344
..........
8345
 
8346
Synopsis:
8347
          int stat(const char *pathname, struct stat *buf);
8348
          int fstat(int fd, struct stat *buf);
8349
 
8350
Request:
8351
     `Fstat,PATHNAMEPTR/LEN,BUFPTR'
8352
     `Ffstat,FD,BUFPTR'
8353
 
8354
Return value:
8355
     On success, zero is returned.  On error, -1 is returned.
8356
 
8357
Errors:
8358
 
8359
    `EBADF'
8360
          FD is not a valid open file.
8361
 
8362
    `ENOENT'
8363
          A directory component in PATHNAME does not exist or the path
8364
          is an empty string.
8365
 
8366
    `ENOTDIR'
8367
          A component of the path is not a directory.
8368
 
8369
    `EFAULT'
8370
          PATHNAMEPTR is an invalid pointer value.
8371
 
8372
    `EACCES'
8373
          No access to the file or the path of the file.
8374
 
8375
    `ENAMETOOLONG'
8376
          PATHNAME was too long.
8377
 
8378
    `EINTR'
8379
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8380
 
8381
 
8382

8383
File: gdb.info,  Node: gettimeofday,  Next: isatty,  Prev: stat/fstat,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8384
 
8385
gettimeofday
8386
............
8387
 
8388
Synopsis:
8389
          int gettimeofday(struct timeval *tv, void *tz);
8390
 
8391
Request:
8392
     `Fgettimeofday,TVPTR,TZPTR'
8393
 
8394
Return value:
8395
     On success, 0 is returned, -1 otherwise.
8396
 
8397
Errors:
8398
 
8399
    `EINVAL'
8400
          TZ is a non-NULL pointer.
8401
 
8402
    `EFAULT'
8403
          TVPTR and/or TZPTR is an invalid pointer value.
8404
 
8405
 
8406

8407
File: gdb.info,  Node: isatty,  Next: system,  Prev: gettimeofday,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8408
 
8409
isatty
8410
......
8411
 
8412
Synopsis:
8413
          int isatty(int fd);
8414
 
8415
Request:
8416
     `Fisatty,FD'
8417
 
8418
Return value:
8419
     Returns 1 if FD refers to the GDB console, 0 otherwise.
8420
 
8421
Errors:
8422
 
8423
    `EINTR'
8424
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8425
 
8426
 
8427
   Note that the `isatty' call is treated as a special case: it returns
8428
1 to the target if the file descriptor is attached to the GDB console,
8429
 
8430
implementing `ioctl' and would be more complex than needed.
8431
 
8432

8433
File: gdb.info,  Node: system,  Prev: isatty,  Up: List of Supported Calls
8434
 
8435
system
8436
......
8437
 
8438
Synopsis:
8439
          int system(const char *command);
8440
 
8441
Request:
8442
     `Fsystem,COMMANDPTR/LEN'
8443
 
8444
Return value:
8445
     If LEN is zero, the return value indicates whether a shell is
8446
     available.  A zero return value indicates a shell is not available.
8447
     For non-zero LEN, the value returned is -1 on error and the return
8448
     status of the command otherwise.  Only the exit status of the
8449
     command is returned, which is extracted from the host's `system'
8450
     return value by calling `WEXITSTATUS(retval)'.  In case `/bin/sh'
8451
     could not be executed, 127 is returned.
8452
 
8453
Errors:
8454
 
8455
    `EINTR'
8456
          The call was interrupted by the user.
8457
 
8458
 
8459
   GDB takes over the full task of calling the necessary host calls to
8460
perform the `system' call.  The return value of `system' on the host is
8461
simplified before it's returned to the target.  Any termination signal
8462
information from the child process is discarded, and the return value
8463
consists entirely of the exit status of the called command.
8464
 
8465
   Due to security concerns, the `system' call is by default refused by
8466
GDB.  The user has to allow this call explicitly with the `set remote
8467
system-call-allowed 1' command.
8468
 
8469
`set remote system-call-allowed'
8470
     Control whether to allow the `system' calls in the File I/O
8471
     protocol for the remote target.  The default is zero (disabled).
8472
 
8473
`show remote system-call-allowed'
8474
     Show whether the `system' calls are allowed in the File I/O
8475
     protocol.
8476
 
8477

8478
File: gdb.info,  Node: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes,  Next: Constants,  Prev: List of Supported Calls,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
8479
 
8480
D.10.8 Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
8481
----------------------------------------------------
8482
 
8483
* Menu:
8484
 
8485
* Integral Datatypes::
8486
* Pointer Values::
8487
* Memory Transfer::
8488
* struct stat::
8489
* struct timeval::
8490
 
8491

8492
File: gdb.info,  Node: Integral Datatypes,  Next: Pointer Values,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
8493
 
8494
Integral Datatypes
8495
..................
8496
 
8497
The integral datatypes used in the system calls are `int', `unsigned
8498
int', `long', `unsigned long', `mode_t', and `time_t'.
8499
 
8500
   `int', `unsigned int', `mode_t' and `time_t' are implemented as 32
8501
bit values in this protocol.
8502
 
8503
   `long' and `unsigned long' are implemented as 64 bit types.
8504
 
8505
   *Note Limits::, for corresponding MIN and MAX values (similar to
8506
those in `limits.h') to allow range checking on host and target.
8507
 
8508
   `time_t' datatypes are defined as seconds since the Epoch.
8509
 
8510
   All integral datatypes transferred as part of a memory read or write
8511
of a structured datatype e.g. a `struct stat' have to be given in big
8512
endian byte order.
8513
 
8514

8515
File: gdb.info,  Node: Pointer Values,  Next: Memory Transfer,  Prev: Integral Datatypes,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
8516
 
8517
Pointer Values
8518
..............
8519
 
8520
Pointers to target data are transmitted as they are.  An exception is
8521
made for pointers to buffers for which the length isn't transmitted as
8522
part of the function call, namely strings.  Strings are transmitted as
8523
a pointer/length pair, both as hex values, e.g.
8524
 
8525
     `1aaf/12'
8526
 
8527
which is a pointer to data of length 18 bytes at position 0x1aaf.  The
8528
length is defined as the full string length in bytes, including the
8529
trailing null byte.  For example, the string `"hello world"' at address
8530
0x123456 is transmitted as
8531
 
8532
     `123456/d'
8533
 
8534

8535
File: gdb.info,  Node: Memory Transfer,  Next: struct stat,  Prev: Pointer Values,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
8536
 
8537
Memory Transfer
8538
...............
8539
 
8540
Structured data which is transferred using a memory read or write (for
8541
example, a `struct stat') is expected to be in a protocol-specific
8542
format with all scalar multibyte datatypes being big endian.
8543
Translation to this representation needs to be done both by the target
8544
before the `F' packet is sent, and by GDB before it transfers memory to
8545
the target.  Transferred pointers to structured data should point to
8546
the already-coerced data at any time.
8547
 
8548

8549
File: gdb.info,  Node: struct stat,  Next: struct timeval,  Prev: Memory Transfer,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
8550
 
8551
struct stat
8552
...........
8553
 
8554
The buffer of type `struct stat' used by the target and GDB is defined
8555
as follows:
8556
 
8557
     struct stat {
8558
         unsigned int  st_dev;      /* device */
8559
         unsigned int  st_ino;      /* inode */
8560
         mode_t        st_mode;     /* protection */
8561
         unsigned int  st_nlink;    /* number of hard links */
8562
         unsigned int  st_uid;      /* user ID of owner */
8563
         unsigned int  st_gid;      /* group ID of owner */
8564
         unsigned int  st_rdev;     /* device type (if inode device) */
8565
         unsigned long st_size;     /* total size, in bytes */
8566
         unsigned long st_blksize;  /* blocksize for filesystem I/O */
8567
         unsigned long st_blocks;   /* number of blocks allocated */
8568
         time_t        st_atime;    /* time of last access */
8569
         time_t        st_mtime;    /* time of last modification */
8570
         time_t        st_ctime;    /* time of last change */
8571
     };
8572
 
8573
   The integral datatypes conform to the definitions given in the
8574
appropriate section (see *Note Integral Datatypes::, for details) so
8575
this structure is of size 64 bytes.
8576
 
8577
   The values of several fields have a restricted meaning and/or range
8578
of values.
8579
 
8580
`st_dev'
8581
     A value of 0 represents a file, 1 the console.
8582
 
8583
`st_ino'
8584
     No valid meaning for the target.  Transmitted unchanged.
8585
 
8586
`st_mode'
8587
     Valid mode bits are described in *Note Constants::.  Any other
8588
     bits have currently no meaning for the target.
8589
 
8590
`st_uid'
8591
`st_gid'
8592
`st_rdev'
8593
     No valid meaning for the target.  Transmitted unchanged.
8594
 
8595
`st_atime'
8596
`st_mtime'
8597
`st_ctime'
8598
     These values have a host and file system dependent accuracy.
8599
     Especially on Windows hosts, the file system may not support exact
8600
     timing values.
8601
 
8602
   The target gets a `struct stat' of the above representation and is
8603
responsible for coercing it to the target representation before
8604
continuing.
8605
 
8606
   Note that due to size differences between the host, target, and
8607
protocol representations of `struct stat' members, these members could
8608
eventually get truncated on the target.
8609
 
8610

8611
File: gdb.info,  Node: struct timeval,  Prev: struct stat,  Up: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes
8612
 
8613
struct timeval
8614
..............
8615
 
8616
The buffer of type `struct timeval' used by the File-I/O protocol is
8617
defined as follows:
8618
 
8619
     struct timeval {
8620
         time_t tv_sec;  /* second */
8621
         long   tv_usec; /* microsecond */
8622
     };
8623
 
8624
   The integral datatypes conform to the definitions given in the
8625
appropriate section (see *Note Integral Datatypes::, for details) so
8626
this structure is of size 8 bytes.
8627
 
8628

8629
File: gdb.info,  Node: Constants,  Next: File-I/O Examples,  Prev: Protocol-specific Representation of Datatypes,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
8630
 
8631
D.10.9 Constants
8632
----------------
8633
 
8634
The following values are used for the constants inside of the protocol.
8635
GDB and target are responsible for translating these values before and
8636
after the call as needed.
8637
 
8638
* Menu:
8639
 
8640
* Open Flags::
8641
* mode_t Values::
8642
* Errno Values::
8643
* Lseek Flags::
8644
* Limits::
8645
 
8646

8647
File: gdb.info,  Node: Open Flags,  Next: mode_t Values,  Up: Constants
8648
 
8649
Open Flags
8650
..........
8651
 
8652
All values are given in hexadecimal representation.
8653
 
8654
       O_RDONLY        0x0
8655
       O_WRONLY        0x1
8656
       O_RDWR          0x2
8657
       O_APPEND        0x8
8658
       O_CREAT       0x200
8659
       O_TRUNC       0x400
8660
       O_EXCL        0x800
8661
 
8662

8663
File: gdb.info,  Node: mode_t Values,  Next: Errno Values,  Prev: Open Flags,  Up: Constants
8664
 
8665
mode_t Values
8666
.............
8667
 
8668
All values are given in octal representation.
8669
 
8670
       S_IFREG       0100000
8671
       S_IFDIR        040000
8672
       S_IRUSR          0400
8673
       S_IWUSR          0200
8674
       S_IXUSR          0100
8675
       S_IRGRP           040
8676
       S_IWGRP           020
8677
       S_IXGRP           010
8678
       S_IROTH            04
8679
       S_IWOTH            02
8680
       S_IXOTH            01
8681
 
8682

8683
File: gdb.info,  Node: Errno Values,  Next: Lseek Flags,  Prev: mode_t Values,  Up: Constants
8684
 
8685
Errno Values
8686
............
8687
 
8688
All values are given in decimal representation.
8689
 
8690
       EPERM           1
8691
       ENOENT          2
8692
       EINTR           4
8693
       EBADF           9
8694
       EACCES         13
8695
       EFAULT         14
8696
       EBUSY          16
8697
       EEXIST         17
8698
       ENODEV         19
8699
       ENOTDIR        20
8700
       EISDIR         21
8701
       EINVAL         22
8702
       ENFILE         23
8703
       EMFILE         24
8704
       EFBIG          27
8705
       ENOSPC         28
8706
       ESPIPE         29
8707
       EROFS          30
8708
       ENAMETOOLONG   91
8709
       EUNKNOWN       9999
8710
 
8711
   `EUNKNOWN' is used as a fallback error value if a host system returns
8712
 any error value not in the list of supported error numbers.
8713
 
8714

8715
File: gdb.info,  Node: Lseek Flags,  Next: Limits,  Prev: Errno Values,  Up: Constants
8716
 
8717
Lseek Flags
8718
...........
8719
 
8720
       SEEK_SET      0
8721
       SEEK_CUR      1
8722
       SEEK_END      2
8723
 
8724

8725
File: gdb.info,  Node: Limits,  Prev: Lseek Flags,  Up: Constants
8726
 
8727
Limits
8728
......
8729
 
8730
All values are given in decimal representation.
8731
 
8732
       INT_MIN       -2147483648
8733
       INT_MAX        2147483647
8734
       UINT_MAX       4294967295
8735
       LONG_MIN      -9223372036854775808
8736
       LONG_MAX       9223372036854775807
8737
       ULONG_MAX      18446744073709551615
8738
 
8739

8740
File: gdb.info,  Node: File-I/O Examples,  Prev: Constants,  Up: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension
8741
 
8742
D.10.10 File-I/O Examples
8743
-------------------------
8744
 
8745
Example sequence of a write call, file descriptor 3, buffer is at target
8746
address 0x1234, 6 bytes should be written:
8747
 
8748
     <- `Fwrite,3,1234,6'
8749
     _request memory read from target_
8750
     -> `m1234,6'
8751
     <- XXXXXX
8752
     _return "6 bytes written"_
8753
     -> `F6'
8754
 
8755
   Example sequence of a read call, file descriptor 3, buffer is at
8756
target address 0x1234, 6 bytes should be read:
8757
 
8758
     <- `Fread,3,1234,6'
8759
     _request memory write to target_
8760
     -> `X1234,6:XXXXXX'
8761
     _return "6 bytes read"_
8762
     -> `F6'
8763
 
8764
   Example sequence of a read call, call fails on the host due to
8765
invalid file descriptor (`EBADF'):
8766
 
8767
     <- `Fread,3,1234,6'
8768
     -> `F-1,9'
8769
 
8770
   Example sequence of a read call, user presses `Ctrl-c' before
8771
syscall on host is called:
8772
 
8773
     <- `Fread,3,1234,6'
8774
     -> `F-1,4,C'
8775
     <- `T02'
8776
 
8777
   Example sequence of a read call, user presses `Ctrl-c' after syscall
8778
on host is called:
8779
 
8780
     <- `Fread,3,1234,6'
8781
     -> `X1234,6:XXXXXX'
8782
     <- `T02'
8783
 
8784

8785
File: gdb.info,  Node: Library List Format,  Next: Memory Map Format,  Prev: File-I/O Remote Protocol Extension,  Up: Remote Protocol
8786
 
8787
D.11 Library List Format
8788
========================
8789
 
8790
On some platforms, a dynamic loader (e.g. `ld.so') runs in the same
8791
process as your application to manage libraries.  In this case, GDB can
8792
use the loader's symbol table and normal memory operations to maintain
8793
a list of shared libraries.  On other platforms, the operating system
8794
manages loaded libraries.  GDB can not retrieve the list of currently
8795
loaded libraries through memory operations, so it uses the
8796
`qXfer:libraries:read' packet (*note qXfer library list read::)
8797
instead.  The remote stub queries the target's operating system and
8798
reports which libraries are loaded.
8799
 
8800
   The `qXfer:libraries:read' packet returns an XML document which
8801
lists loaded libraries and their offsets.  Each library has an
8802
associated name and one or more segment base addresses, which report
8803
where the library was loaded in memory.  The segment bases are start
8804
addresses, not relocation offsets; they do not depend on the library's
8805
link-time base addresses.
8806
 
8807
   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML library
8808
lists.  *Note Expat::.
8809
 
8810
   A simple memory map, with one loaded library relocated by a single
8811
offset, looks like this:
8812
 
8813
     
8814
       
8815
         
8816
       
8817
     
8818
 
8819
   The format of a library list is described by this DTD:
8820
 
8821
     
8822
     
8823
     
8824
     
8825
     
8826
     
8827
     
8828
 
8829

8830
File: gdb.info,  Node: Memory Map Format,  Prev: Library List Format,  Up: Remote Protocol
8831
 
8832
D.12 Memory Map Format
8833
======================
8834
 
8835
To be able to write into flash memory, GDB needs to obtain a memory map
8836
from the target.  This section describes the format of the memory map.
8837
 
8838
   The memory map is obtained using the `qXfer:memory-map:read' (*note
8839
qXfer memory map read::) packet and is an XML document that lists
8840
memory regions.
8841
 
8842
   GDB must be linked with the Expat library to support XML memory
8843
maps.  *Note Expat::.
8844
 
8845
   The top-level structure of the document is shown below:
8846
 
8847
     
8848
     
8849
               PUBLIC "+//IDN gnu.org//DTD GDB Memory Map V1.0//EN"
8850
                      "http://sourceware.org/gdb/gdb-memory-map.dtd">
8851
     
8852
         region...
8853
     
8854
 
8855
   Each region can be either:
8856
 
8857
   * A region of RAM starting at ADDR and extending for LENGTH bytes
8858
     from there:
8859
 
8860
          
8861
 
8862
   * A region of read-only memory:
8863
 
8864
          
8865
 
8866
   * A region of flash memory, with erasure blocks BLOCKSIZE bytes in
8867
     length:
8868
 
8869
          
8870
            BLOCKSIZE
8871
          
8872
 
8873
 
8874
   Regions must not overlap.  GDB assumes that areas of memory not
8875
covered by the memory map are RAM, and uses the ordinary `M' and `X'
8876
packets to write to addresses in such ranges.
8877
 
8878
   The formal DTD for memory map format is given below:
8879
 
8880
     
8881
     
8882
     
8883
     
8884
     
8885
     
8886
     
8887
     
8888
     
8889
     
8891
     
8892
                             start   CDATA   #REQUIRED
8893
                             length  CDATA   #REQUIRED
8894
                             device  CDATA   #IMPLIED>
8895
     
8896
     
8897
     
8898
 
8899

8900
File: gdb.info,  Node: Agent Expressions,  Next: Target Descriptions,  Prev: Remote Protocol,  Up: Top
8901
 
8902
Appendix E The GDB Agent Expression Mechanism
8903
*********************************************
8904
 
8905
In some applications, it is not feasible for the debugger to interrupt
8906
the program's execution long enough for the developer to learn anything
8907
helpful about its behavior.  If the program's correctness depends on its
8908
real-time behavior, delays introduced by a debugger might cause the
8909
program to fail, even when the code itself is correct.  It is useful to
8910
be able to observe the program's behavior without interrupting it.
8911
 
8912
   Using GDB's `trace' and `collect' commands, the user can specify
8913
locations in the program, and arbitrary expressions to evaluate when
8914
those locations are reached.  Later, using the `tfind' command, she can
8915
examine the values those expressions had when the program hit the trace
8916
points.  The expressions may also denote objects in memory --
8917
structures or arrays, for example -- whose values GDB should record;
8918
while visiting a particular tracepoint, the user may inspect those
8919
objects as if they were in memory at that moment.  However, because GDB
8920
records these values without interacting with the user, it can do so
8921
quickly and unobtrusively, hopefully not disturbing the program's
8922
behavior.
8923
 
8924
   When GDB is debugging a remote target, the GDB "agent" code running
8925
on the target computes the values of the expressions itself.  To avoid
8926
having a full symbolic expression evaluator on the agent, GDB translates
8927
expressions in the source language into a simpler bytecode language, and
8928
then sends the bytecode to the agent; the agent then executes the
8929
bytecode, and records the values for GDB to retrieve later.
8930
 
8931
   The bytecode language is simple; there are forty-odd opcodes, the
8932
bulk of which are the usual vocabulary of C operands (addition,
8933
subtraction, shifts, and so on) and various sizes of literals and
8934
memory reference operations.  The bytecode interpreter operates
8935
strictly on machine-level values -- various sizes of integers and
8936
floating point numbers -- and requires no information about types or
8937
symbols; thus, the interpreter's internal data structures are simple,
8938
and each bytecode requires only a few native machine instructions to
8939
implement it.  The interpreter is small, and strict limits on the
8940
memory and time required to evaluate an expression are easy to
8941
determine, making it suitable for use by the debugging agent in
8942
real-time applications.
8943
 
8944
* Menu:
8945
 
8946
* General Bytecode Design::     Overview of the interpreter.
8947
* Bytecode Descriptions::       What each one does.
8948
* Using Agent Expressions::     How agent expressions fit into the big picture.
8949
* Varying Target Capabilities:: How to discover what the target can do.
8950
* Tracing on Symmetrix::        Special info for implementation on EMC's
8951
                                boxes.
8952
* Rationale::                   Why we did it this way.
8953
 
8954

8955
File: gdb.info,  Node: General Bytecode Design,  Next: Bytecode Descriptions,  Up: Agent Expressions
8956
 
8957
E.1 General Bytecode Design
8958
===========================
8959
 
8960
The agent represents bytecode expressions as an array of bytes.  Each
8961
instruction is one byte long (thus the term "bytecode").  Some
8962
instructions are followed by operand bytes; for example, the `goto'
8963
instruction is followed by a destination for the jump.
8964
 
8965
   The bytecode interpreter is a stack-based machine; most instructions
8966
pop their operands off the stack, perform some operation, and push the
8967
result back on the stack for the next instruction to consume.  Each
8968
element of the stack may contain either a integer or a floating point
8969
value; these values are as many bits wide as the largest integer that
8970
can be directly manipulated in the source language.  Stack elements
8971
carry no record of their type; bytecode could push a value as an
8972
integer, then pop it as a floating point value.  However, GDB will not
8973
generate code which does this.  In C, one might define the type of a
8974
stack element as follows:
8975
     union agent_val {
8976
       LONGEST l;
8977
       DOUBLEST d;
8978
     };
8979
   where `LONGEST' and `DOUBLEST' are `typedef' names for the largest
8980
integer and floating point types on the machine.
8981
 
8982
   By the time the bytecode interpreter reaches the end of the
8983
expression, the value of the expression should be the only value left
8984
on the stack.  For tracing applications, `trace' bytecodes in the
8985
expression will have recorded the necessary data, and the value on the
8986
stack may be discarded.  For other applications, like conditional
8987
breakpoints, the value may be useful.
8988
 
8989
   Separate from the stack, the interpreter has two registers:
8990
`pc'
8991
     The address of the next bytecode to execute.
8992
 
8993
`start'
8994
     The address of the start of the bytecode expression, necessary for
8995
     interpreting the `goto' and `if_goto' instructions.
8996
 
8997
   Neither of these registers is directly visible to the bytecode
8998
language itself, but they are useful for defining the meanings of the
8999
bytecode operations.
9000
 
9001
   There are no instructions to perform side effects on the running
9002
program, or call the program's functions; we assume that these
9003
expressions are only used for unobtrusive debugging, not for patching
9004
the running code.
9005
 
9006
   Most bytecode instructions do not distinguish between the various
9007
sizes of values, and operate on full-width values; the upper bits of the
9008
values are simply ignored, since they do not usually make a difference
9009
to the value computed.  The exceptions to this rule are:
9010
memory reference instructions (`ref'N)
9011
     There are distinct instructions to fetch different word sizes from
9012
     memory.  Once on the stack, however, the values are treated as
9013
     full-size integers.  They may need to be sign-extended; the `ext'
9014
     instruction exists for this purpose.
9015
 
9016
the sign-extension instruction (`ext' N)
9017
     These clearly need to know which portion of their operand is to be
9018
     extended to occupy the full length of the word.
9019
 
9020
 
9021
   If the interpreter is unable to evaluate an expression completely for
9022
some reason (a memory location is inaccessible, or a divisor is zero,
9023
for example), we say that interpretation "terminates with an error".
9024
This means that the problem is reported back to the interpreter's caller
9025
in some helpful way.  In general, code using agent expressions should
9026
assume that they may attempt to divide by zero, fetch arbitrary memory
9027
locations, and misbehave in other ways.
9028
 
9029
   Even complicated C expressions compile to a few bytecode
9030
instructions; for example, the expression `x + y * z' would typically
9031
produce code like the following, assuming that `x' and `y' live in
9032
registers, and `z' is a global variable holding a 32-bit `int':
9033
     reg 1
9034
     reg 2
9035
     const32 address of z
9036
     ref32
9037
     ext 32
9038
     mul
9039
     add
9040
     end
9041
 
9042
   In detail, these mean:
9043
`reg 1'
9044
     Push the value of register 1 (presumably holding `x') onto the
9045
     stack.
9046
 
9047
`reg 2'
9048
     Push the value of register 2 (holding `y').
9049
 
9050
`const32 address of z'
9051
     Push the address of `z' onto the stack.
9052
 
9053
`ref32'
9054
     Fetch a 32-bit word from the address at the top of the stack;
9055
     replace the address on the stack with the value.  Thus, we replace
9056
     the address of `z' with `z''s value.
9057
 
9058
`ext 32'
9059
     Sign-extend the value on the top of the stack from 32 bits to full
9060
     length.  This is necessary because `z' is a signed integer.
9061
 
9062
`mul'
9063
     Pop the top two numbers on the stack, multiply them, and push their
9064
     product.  Now the top of the stack contains the value of the
9065
     expression `y * z'.
9066
 
9067
`add'
9068
     Pop the top two numbers, add them, and push the sum.  Now the top
9069
     of the stack contains the value of `x + y * z'.
9070
 
9071
`end'
9072
     Stop executing; the value left on the stack top is the value to be
9073
     recorded.
9074
 
9075
 

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.